TWI818142B

TWI818142B - Method for wireless communication, and apparatus and computer-readable medium thereof

Info

Publication number: TWI818142B
Application number: TW109100570A
Authority: TW
Inventors: 周嚴; 雅伯西斯克普拉蒙德帕提爾; 文卡塔拉瑪南文卡塔洽藍傑亞拉曼; 阿爾佛瑞德艾斯特傑迪; 喬治伽里恩
Original assignee: 美商高通公司
Priority date: 2019-01-11
Filing date: 2020-01-08
Publication date: 2023-10-11
Also published as: CN113273308A; CN113273308B; EP3909389A1; WO2020146401A1; KR20210114403A; TW202040971A

Abstract

Methods, systems, and devices for wireless communication are described. Wireless devices may support parallel communications over multiple wireless links, which may benefit a wireless system in terms of throughput and latency (among other benefits). However, such systems may experience increased system complexity, which may in some cases mitigate some of the benefits provided by the parallel communication links. The described techniques provide for aggregation architectures that address various such complexities. For example, devices communicating in accordance with the described techniques may format data to be transmitted into a set of data units that are allocated to a communication link based on various factors described herein. Correspondingly, a device that receives the data packets may reorder the packets in accordance with the described techniques.

Description

用於無線通訊的方法，及其裝置和電腦可讀取媒體 Methods for wireless communications, devices and computer-readable media therefor

本專利申請案主張享受由ZHOU等人於2019年1月11日提出申請的、標題為「PACKET BASED LINK AGGREGATION ARCHITECTURES」的美國專利申請第16/246,410號的優先權，該申請被轉讓給本案的受讓人，其全部內容以引用方式併入本文。 This patent application claims the priority of US Patent Application No. 16/246,410 titled "PACKET BASED LINK AGGREGATION ARCHITECTURES" filed by ZHOU et al. on January 11, 2019, which application was assigned to the applicant of this case Assignee, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

概括地說，下文係關於無線通訊，以及更具體地說，係關於基於封包的鏈路聚合架構。 The following is about wireless communications in general, and packet-based link aggregation architectures more specifically.

無線通訊系統被廣泛地部署以提供各種類型的通訊內容，諸如語音、視訊、封包資料、訊息傳遞、廣播等等。該等系統可以是能夠經由共享可用的系統資源(例如，時間、頻率和功率)來支援與多個使用者的通訊的多工存取系統。無線網路(例如，諸如Wi-Fi(亦即，電氣與電子工程師協會(IEEE)802.11)網路的無線區域網路(WLAN))可以包括能夠與一或多個站(STA)或行動設備進行通訊的存取點(AP)。AP可以耦合到諸如網際網路的網路，以及可以使行動設備能夠經由網路進行通訊(或者與耦合至該存取點的其他設備進行通訊)。無線設備可以與網路設備進行雙向通訊。例如，在WLAN中，STA可以經由下行鏈路和上行鏈路來與關聯的AP進行通訊。下行鏈路（或前向鏈路）可以指的是從AP到STA的通訊鏈路，以及上行鏈路（或反向鏈路）可以指的是從STA到AP的通訊鏈路。Wireless communication systems are widely deployed to provide various types of communication content, such as voice, video, packet data, messaging, broadcast, etc. Such systems may be multiplexed access systems capable of supporting communication with multiple users by sharing available system resources (eg, time, frequency, and power). A wireless network (e.g., a wireless local area network (WLAN) such as a Wi-Fi (ie, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.11) network) may include a wireless network capable of communicating with one or more stations (STAs) or mobile devices Access point (AP) for communication. An AP may be coupled to a network, such as the Internet, and may enable mobile devices to communicate over the network (or to communicate with other devices coupled to the access point). Wireless devices can communicate two-way with network devices. For example, in a WLAN, STAs can communicate with associated APs via downlinks and uplinks. The downlink (or forward link) may refer to the communication link from the AP to the STA, and the uplink (or reverse link) may refer to the communication link from the STA to the AP.

在WLAN中的設備可以在非授權的頻譜上進行通訊，該頻譜可以是包括傳統上由Wi-Fi技術使用的頻帶的頻譜的一部分，諸如5 GHz頻帶、2.4 GHz頻帶、60 GHz頻帶、3.6 GHz頻帶及/或900 MHz頻帶。非授權的頻譜亦可以包括其他頻帶。在AP與STA之間的無線連接可以稱為通道或鏈路。使用者可以使用各種基於爭用的協定（例如，如經由IEEE 802.11的一或多個版本指定的）來存取該等射頻頻譜頻帶。各頻帶（例如，5 GHz頻帶）可以包含多個通道（例如，在頻率上橫跨20 MHz的各通道），其中的各通道可以由AP或STA使用。通道可以在多工存取配置（例如，分碼多工存取（CDMA））中支援（例如，在多個STA與AP之間的）多個連接。在一些情況下，在一個通道上的負載或需求可能在任何特定的時刻較低，而在其他通道上的負載或需求可能較高。因此，可能期望用於在可用通道之間分配資料流的改進的方法。Devices in a WLAN can communicate on unlicensed spectrum, which can be part of the spectrum that includes frequency bands traditionally used by Wi-Fi technology, such as the 5 GHz band, 2.4 GHz band, 60 GHz band, 3.6 GHz band and/or 900 MHz band. Unlicensed spectrum may also include other frequency bands. The wireless connection between the AP and the STA may be called a channel or link. Users may access these radio frequency spectrum bands using various contention-based protocols (eg, as specified via one or more versions of IEEE 802.11). Each frequency band (eg, the 5 GHz band) may contain multiple channels (eg, channels spanning 20 MHz in frequency), each of which may be used by an AP or a STA. A channel can support multiple connections (eg, between multiple STAs and APs) in a multiplexed access configuration (eg, Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA)). In some cases, the load or demand on one channel may be lower at any given moment, while the load or demand on other channels may be higher. Therefore, improved methods for allocating data streams among available channels may be desirable.

所描述的技術係關於支援基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的改進的方法、系統、設備或裝置。儘管在基於封包的聚合的上下文中進行了描述，但是本案內容的各態樣額外地應用於在其中給定的訊務流與特定的鏈路相關聯的通訊（例如，針對相同訊務辨識符（TID），其可以稱為基於流的聚合）。所描述的技術提供了多個聚合架構，在不背離本案內容的保護範圍的情況下，可以組合或省略聚合架構的各態樣以產生額外的架構。描述了在其中發送設備維持用於多鏈路通信期的各鏈路維護的相應的發送佇列的示例架構。例如，此種架構可以支援基於流的聚合（例如，其中各發送佇列與給定類型的訊務相關聯）或者基於封包的聚合（例如，其中例如封包是基於在關聯的鏈路上的通訊品質來分配給發送佇列的）。描述了在其中發送設備維持用於多鏈路通信期的全部鏈路（例如，或者鏈路的子集）的共用發送佇列的第二示例架構。在一些情況下，可以將共用發送佇列（或每鏈路發送佇列）與編碼過程相結合使用，以提高傳輸可靠性（例如，經由增加資料串流的熵和將該編碼資料串流跨越多個鏈路進行傳播，或者隨時間在單個鏈路上傳播）。描述了在其中引入多組封包序號的第三示例架構。例如，在該架構中，跨越鏈路的共用的操作可以是基於共用序號的，而特定於鏈路的操作可以是基於各鏈路的序號的。另外，描述了用於支援在沒有並置的AP上的聚合的技術。The described technology relates to improved methods, systems, apparatus or devices that support packet-based link aggregation architecture. Although described in the context of packet-based aggregation, aspects of this disclosure apply additionally to communications in which a given traffic flow is associated with a specific link (e.g., for the same traffic identifier (TID), which can be called stream-based aggregation). The described technology provides multiple aggregate architectures, aspects of which can be combined or omitted to create additional architectures without departing from the scope of the subject matter. An example architecture is described in which a transmitting device maintains a corresponding transmit queue for each link maintenance of a multi-link communication period. For example, such an architecture may support flow-based aggregation (e.g., where each send queue is associated with a given type of traffic) or packet-based aggregation (e.g., where packets are based on the quality of traffic on the associated link). to be assigned to the sending queue). A second example architecture is described in which a sending device maintains a common sending queue for all links (eg, or a subset of links) of a multi-link communication period. In some cases, a common transmit queue (or a per-link transmit queue) can be used in conjunction with the encoding process to improve transmission reliability (e.g., by increasing the entropy of the data stream and spreading the encoded data stream across propagates over multiple links, or over time on a single link). A third example architecture is described in which multiple sets of packet sequence numbers are introduced. For example, in this architecture, common operations across links may be based on a common sequence number, while link-specific operations may be based on individual link sequence numbers. Additionally, techniques are described for supporting aggregation over non-collocated APs.

描述了用於在第一無線設備處的無線通訊的方法。該方法可以包括：在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間建立多鏈路通信期，該多鏈路通信期包括用於在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間的並行通訊的一組無線鏈路；及在該一組無線鏈路上，傳送在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間的並行通訊。Methods for wireless communications at a first wireless device are described. The method may include establishing a multi-link communication period between the first wireless device and the second wireless device, the multi-link communication period including a link for parallel communication between the first wireless device and the second wireless device. a set of wireless links; and transmitting parallel communications between the first wireless device and the second wireless device over the set of wireless links.

描述了用於在第一無線設備處的無線通訊的裝置。該裝置可以包括處理器、與該處理器進行電子通訊的記憶體，以及在該記憶體中儲存的指令。該等指令可由該處理器執行為使得該裝置進行以下操作：在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間建立多鏈路通信期，該多鏈路通信期包括用於在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間的並行通訊的一組無線鏈路；及在該一組無線鏈路上，傳送在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間的並行通訊。Apparatus for wireless communications at a first wireless device are described. The device may include a processor, memory in electronic communication with the processor, and instructions stored in the memory. The instructions may be executed by the processor to cause the apparatus to: establish a multi-link communication period between the first wireless device and the second wireless device, the multi-link communication period including: A set of wireless links for parallel communications between second wireless devices; and transmitting parallel communications between the first wireless device and the second wireless device over the set of wireless links.

描述了用於在第一無線設備處的無線通訊的另一裝置。該裝置可以包括：用於在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間建立多鏈路通信期的構件，該多鏈路通信期包括用於在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間的並行通訊的一組無線鏈路；及用於在該一組無線鏈路上，傳送在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間的並行通訊的構件。Another apparatus for wireless communications at a first wireless device is described. The apparatus may include means for establishing a multi-link communication period between a first wireless device and a second wireless device, the multi-link communication period including means for establishing a multi-link communication period between the first wireless device and the second wireless device. A set of wireless links for parallel communications; and means for transmitting parallel communications between a first wireless device and a second wireless device over the set of wireless links.

描述了儲存用於在第一無線設備處的無線通訊的代碼的非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體。該代碼可以包括可由處理器執行為進行以下操作的指令：在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間建立多鏈路通信期，該多鏈路通信期包括用於在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間的並行通訊的一組無線鏈路；及在該一組無線鏈路上，傳送在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間的並行通訊。Non-transitory computer-readable media storing code for wireless communications at a first wireless device are described. The code may include instructions executable by the processor to establish a multi-link communication period between a first wireless device and a second wireless device, the multi-link communication period including instructions for connecting between the first wireless device and the second wireless device. A set of wireless links for parallel communication between two wireless devices; and on the set of wireless links, parallel communication between the first wireless device and the second wireless device is transmitted.

在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於以下各項的操作、特徵、構件或指令：將要發送給第二無線設備的資料格式化為一組資料單元；及在該一組無線鏈路中的第一無線鏈路上，向第二無線設備發送該一組資料單元中的第一組資料單元。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, components, or instructions for formatting data to be sent to a second wireless device into a a group of data units; and sending the first group of data units in the group of data units to the second wireless device on a first wireless link in the group of wireless links.

在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於以下各項的操作、特徵、構件或指令：在該一組無線鏈路中的第二無線鏈路上，從第二無線設備接收該一組資料單元中的第二組資料單元。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, means, or instructions for: a second wireless link in the set of wireless links On the way, a second group of data units in the group of data units is received from the second wireless device.

在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於以下各項的操作、特徵、構件或指令：在該一組無線鏈路中的第二無線鏈路上，向第二無線設備發送該一組資料單元中的第二組資料單元。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, means, or instructions for: a second wireless link in the set of wireless links On the way, a second group of data units in the group of data units is sent to the second wireless device.

在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於以下各項的操作、特徵、構件或指令：將該第一組資料單元分配給用於該第一無線鏈路的第一發送佇列；及將該第二組資料單元分配給用於該第二無線鏈路的第二發送佇列。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, components, or instructions for allocating the first set of data units to the a first transmit queue for a wireless link; and allocating the second set of data units to a second transmit queue for the second wireless link.

在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於以下各項的操作、特徵、構件或指令：將該一組資料單元分配給用於該第一無線鏈路和該第二無線鏈路的共用發送佇列。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, components, or instructions for allocating the set of data units to the first A common transmit queue for the wireless link and the second wireless link.

在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於以下各項的操作、特徵、構件或指令：在該一組無線鏈路中的第二無線鏈路上，從第二無線設備接收訊息，其中該第二無線鏈路包括比該第一無線鏈路更窄的頻寬。在一些情況下，在該第二無線鏈路上從該第二無線設備所接收的訊息可以包括：回應於所發送的第一組資料單元的回饋。在一些情況下，該複數個無線鏈路可以在時間上是同步的。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, means, or instructions for: a second wireless link in the set of wireless links On the way, a message is received from a second wireless device, where the second wireless link includes a narrower bandwidth than the first wireless link. In some cases, messages received from the second wireless device on the second wireless link may include feedback in response to the sent first set of data units. In some cases, the plurality of wireless links may be synchronized in time.

在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於以下各項的操作、特徵、構件或指令：其中第一射頻頻譜頻帶對該複數個無線鏈路進行打孔，該第一射頻頻譜頻帶與對應於該多鏈路通信期的該複數個無線鏈路的複數個射頻頻譜頻帶中的各射頻頻譜頻帶不同。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, means, or instructions for: wherein a first band of radio frequency spectrum for a plurality of wireless links Punching is performed, and the first radio frequency spectrum band is different from each radio frequency spectrum band of a plurality of radio frequency spectrum bands corresponding to the plurality of wireless links of the multi-link communication period.

在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例中，傳送亦可以包括用於以下各項的操作、特徵、構件或指令：在該一組無線鏈路中的第一無線鏈路上與第二無線設備進行通訊；及在該一組無線鏈路中的第二無線鏈路上與第三無線設備進行通訊。In some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein, transmissions may also include operations, features, components, or instructions for: Communicate with a second wireless device on a wireless link; and communicate with a third wireless device on a second wireless link in the set of wireless links.

在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於以下各項的操作、特徵、構件或指令：在該一組無線鏈路中的第一無線鏈路上，從第二無線設備接收第一組資料單元；在該一組無線鏈路中的第二無線鏈路上，從第二無線設備接收第二組資料單元；及對該第一組資料單元和該第二組資料單元進行重新排序，以產生用於該第二無線設備的單個資料訊息。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, components, or instructions for: a first wireless link in the set of wireless links on the road, receiving the first set of data units from the second wireless device; receiving the second set of data units from the second wireless device on the second wireless link in the set of wireless links; and the first set of data units and The second set of data units is reordered to produce a single data message for the second wireless device.

在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於以下各項的操作、特徵、構件或指令：將該第一組資料單元聚合到用於該第一無線鏈路的第一接收佇列中；及將該第二組資料單元聚合到用於該第二無線鏈路的第二接收佇列中。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, components, or instructions for aggregating the first set of data units into the into a first receive queue for a wireless link; and aggregate the second set of data units into a second receive queue for the second wireless link.

描述了無線通訊的方法。該方法可以包括：在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間建立多鏈路通信期，該多鏈路通信期包括用於在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間的並行通訊的複數個無線鏈路；將要發送給第二無線設備的資料格式化為複數個資料單元；在該複數個無線鏈路中的第一無線鏈路上，向第二無線設備發送該複數個資料單元中的第一組資料單元；及在該複數個無線鏈路中的第二無線鏈路上，向第二無線設備發送該複數個資料單元中的第二組資料單元。Methods of wireless communication are described. The method may include establishing a multi-link communication period between the first wireless device and the second wireless device, the multi-link communication period including a plurality of parameters for parallel communication between the first wireless device and the second wireless device. wireless links; format the data to be sent to the second wireless device into a plurality of data units; and send the data in the plurality of data units to the second wireless device on a first wireless link among the plurality of wireless links. a first group of data units; and sending a second group of data units of the plurality of data units to a second wireless device on a second wireless link of the plurality of wireless links.

描述了用於無線通訊的裝置。該裝置可以包括：用於在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間建立多鏈路通信期的構件，該多鏈路通信期包括用於在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間的並行通訊的複數個無線鏈路；用於將要發送給第二無線設備的資料格式化為複數個資料單元的構件；用於在該複數個無線鏈路中的第一無線鏈路上，向第二無線設備發送該複數個資料單元中的第一組資料單元的構件；及用於在該複數個無線鏈路中的第二無線鏈路上，向第二無線設備發送該複數個資料單元中的第二組資料單元的構件。Apparatus for wireless communications are described. The apparatus may include means for establishing a multi-link communication period between a first wireless device and a second wireless device, the multi-link communication period including means for establishing a multi-link communication period between the first wireless device and the second wireless device. A plurality of wireless links for parallel communication; a component for formatting data to be sent to a second wireless device into a plurality of data units; and a component for transmitting data to a second wireless device on a first wireless link in the plurality of wireless links. means for a wireless device to send a first group of data units of the plurality of data units; and for sending a third of the plurality of data units to a second wireless device on a second wireless link of the plurality of wireless links. The components of the second set of data units.

描述了用於無線通訊的另一裝置。該裝置可以包括處理器、與該處理器進行電子通訊的記憶體，以及在該記憶體中儲存的指令。該等指令可操作為使得該處理器進行以下操作：在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間建立多鏈路通信期，該多鏈路通信期包括用於在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間的並行通訊的複數個無線鏈路；將要發送給第二無線設備的資料格式化為複數個資料單元；在該複數個無線鏈路中的第一無線鏈路上，向第二無線設備發送該複數個資料單元中的第一組資料單元；及在該複數個無線鏈路中的第二無線鏈路上，向第二無線設備發送該複數個資料單元中的第二組資料單元。Another apparatus for wireless communications is described. The device may include a processor, memory in electronic communication with the processor, and instructions stored in the memory. The instructions are operable to cause the processor to perform the following operations: establish a multi-link communication period between the first wireless device and the second wireless device, the multi-link communication period including: A plurality of wireless links for parallel communication between wireless devices; formatting data to be sent to a second wireless device into a plurality of data units; on a first wireless link among the plurality of wireless links, transmitting data to the second wireless device The device sends a first group of data units among the plurality of data units; and sends a second group of data units among the plurality of data units to a second wireless device on a second wireless link among the plurality of wireless links.

描述了用於無線通訊的非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體。該非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體可以包括可操作為使得處理器進行以下操作的指令：在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間建立多鏈路通信期，該多鏈路通信期包括用於在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間的並行通訊的複數個無線鏈路；將要發送給第二無線設備的資料格式化為複數個資料單元；在該複數個無線鏈路中的第一無線鏈路上，向第二無線設備發送該複數個資料單元中的第一組資料單元；及在該複數個無線鏈路中的第二無線鏈路上，向第二無線設備發送該複數個資料單元中的第二組資料單元。Non-transitory computer-readable media for wireless communications are described. The non-transitory computer-readable medium may include instructions operable to cause the processor to: establish a multi-link communication period between the first wireless device and the second wireless device, the multi-link communication period including: A plurality of wireless links for parallel communication between the first wireless device and the second wireless device; formatting data to be sent to the second wireless device into a plurality of data units; the first wireless link among the plurality of wireless devices. on the wireless link, sending the first group of the plurality of data units to the second wireless device; and on the second wireless link of the plurality of wireless links, sending the plurality of data units to the second wireless device The second set of data units in .

在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於以下各項的過程、特徵、構件或指令：將第一組資料單元分配給用於第一無線鏈路的第一發送佇列。在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於以下各項的過程、特徵、構件或指令：將第二組資料單元分配給用於第二無線鏈路的第二發送佇列。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include processes, features, components, or instructions for allocating a first set of data units to a first wireless The link's first send queue. Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include processes, features, components, or instructions for allocating a second set of data units to a second wireless network. The link's second send queue.

在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於以下各項的過程、特徵、構件或指令：將一組序號中的相應序號分配給該複數個資料單元中的各資料單元，該組序號指示用於該資料的該複數個資料單元的順序。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include processes, features, components, or instructions for assigning corresponding serial numbers in a set of serial numbers to the plurality of For each data unit in the data unit, the set of serial numbers indicates the order of the plurality of data units used for the data.

在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於以下各項的過程、特徵、構件或指令：將第一組序號中的相應序號分配給要在第一無線鏈路上發送的第一組資料單元中的各資料單元。在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於以下各項的過程、特徵、構件或指令：將第二組序號中的相應序號分配給要在第二無線鏈路上發送的第二組資料單元中的各資料單元。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include processes, features, components, or instructions for: assigning corresponding serial numbers in the first set of serial numbers to the Each data unit in the first group of data units sent on the first wireless link. Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include processes, features, components, or instructions for: assigning corresponding serial numbers in the second set of serial numbers to the Each data unit in the second group of data units sent on the second wireless link.

在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於以下各項的過程、特徵、構件或指令：將第三組序號中的各序號分配給第一組資料單元或第二組資料單元中的一者，其中第一組資料單元中的各資料單元可以被分配了第一組序號中的一個序號和第三組序號中的一個序號，並且其中第二組資料單元中的各資料單元可以被分配了第二組序號中的一個序號和第三組序號中的一個序號。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include processes, features, means, or instructions for assigning each serial number in a third set of serial numbers to a first One of the group of data units or the second group of data units, wherein each data unit in the first group of data units may be assigned a serial number in the first group of serial numbers and a serial number in the third group of serial numbers, and wherein the Each data unit in the two groups of data units may be assigned a serial number in the second group of serial numbers and a serial number in the third group of serial numbers.

在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於以下各項的過程、特徵、構件或指令：將該複數個資料單元分配給用於第一無線鏈路和第二無線鏈路的共用發送佇列。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include processes, features, components, or instructions for allocating the plurality of data units to a first wireless device. link and a common transmit queue for the second wireless link.

在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於以下各項的過程、特徵、構件或指令：決定指示該第一無線鏈路或該第二無線鏈路或兩者的可用性的參數的值，以用於去往該第二無線設備的傳輸。在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於以下各項的過程、特徵、構件或指令：至少部分地基於該參數的該值，來將在該共用發送佇列中的該複數個資料單元中的一或多個資料單元分配給該第一無線鏈路或該第二無線鏈路中的一者。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include processes, features, components, or instructions for determining whether to indicate the first wireless link or the second wireless link. The value of the parameter for the availability of the link, or both, for transmission to the second wireless device. Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include processes, features, components, or instructions for: based at least in part on the value of the parameter, One or more data units among the plurality of data units in the common transmission queue are allocated to one of the first wireless link or the second wireless link.

在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於以下各項的過程、特徵、構件或指令：向該複數個無線鏈路中的各無線鏈路分配發射器位址或接收器位址或訊務辨識符或者其組合。在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於以下各項的過程、特徵、構件或指令：至少部分地基於該分配，來在該第一無線設備與該第二無線設備之間建立區塊確認通信期。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include processes, features, components, or instructions for: providing a wireless link to each of the plurality of wireless links. Assign a transmitter address or a receiver address or a traffic identifier or a combination thereof. Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include processes, features, means, or instructions for: based at least in part on the assignment, on the first wireless A block confirmation communication period is established between the device and the second wireless device.

在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例中，在該第一無線設備與該第二無線設備之間建立該多鏈路通信期亦包括：將指令引數的共用值分配給該第一無線鏈路和該第二無線鏈路，該等指令引數包括序號，或訊框號，或封包號，或分段大小，或發射器位址，或接收器位址，或加密金鑰，或其組合。In some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein, establishing the multi-link communication period between the first wireless device and the second wireless device also includes: A common value is assigned to the first wireless link and the second wireless link. The command arguments include a sequence number, or a frame number, or a packet number, or a segment size, or a transmitter address, or a receiver address, or encryption key, or a combination thereof.

在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例中，分配該等指令引數的該共用值包括：辨識用於該第一無線鏈路的該等指令引數的第一值。在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於以下各項的過程、特徵、構件或指令：辨識用於該第二無線鏈路的該等指令引數的第二值。在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於以下各項的過程、特徵、構件或指令：根據針對該等指令引數的選擇標準，來將該等指令引數的該第一值或該第二值中的一者分配為該共用值。In some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein, assigning the common value of the instruction argument includes identifying the value of the instruction argument for the first wireless link. first value. Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include processes, features, means, or instructions for identifying the instructions for the second wireless link The second value of the argument. Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include processes, features, components, or instructions for: One of the first value or the second value of the instruction argument is assigned the common value.

在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於以下各項的過程、特徵、構件或指令：在傳輸之前複製該複數個資料單元中的一或多個資料單元，其中在該第一無線鏈路上發送的該第一組資料單元中的至少一個資料單元包括所複製的一或多個資料單元，並且其中在該第二無線鏈路上發送的該第二組資料單元中的至少一個資料單元包括所複製的一或多個資料單元。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include processes, features, components, or instructions for copying one of a plurality of data units prior to transmission or A plurality of data units, wherein at least one data unit of the first set of data units sent over the first wireless link includes one or more replicated data units, and wherein the data unit sent over the second wireless link At least one data unit in the second set of data units includes the copied one or more data units.

在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於以下各項的過程、特徵、構件或指令：將該資料編碼到複數個編碼符號中，該資料經由對該複數個編碼符號的子集進行解碼，是在該第二無線設備處可恢復的。在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於以下各項的過程、特徵、構件或指令：將該複數個編碼符號格式化為該複數個資料單元。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include processes, features, components, or instructions for: encoding the data into a plurality of encoding symbols, the data It is recoverable at the second wireless device via decoding a subset of the plurality of encoded symbols. Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include processes, features, components, or instructions for: formatting the plurality of encoded symbols into the plurality of data unit.

在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例中，發送該第一組資料單元包括：辨識對於該第一無線設備和該第二無線設備兩者而言已知的假性隨機序列。在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於以下各項的過程、特徵、構件或指令：根據所辨識的假性隨機序列，來使用該多鏈路通信期的複數個頻率資源來發送該第一組資料單元。In some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein, transmitting the first set of data units includes identifying known information to both the first wireless device and the second wireless device. pseudo-random sequence. Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include processes, features, means, or instructions for using an identified pseudorandom sequence based on the polynomial sequence. A plurality of frequency resources during the link communication period are used to transmit the first group of data units.

在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例中，在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間建立該多鏈路通信期包括：在該第一無線設備的第一下媒體存取控制（MAC）層與該第二無線設備的第一下MAC層之間建立該第一無線鏈路。在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於以下各項的過程、特徵、構件或指令：在該第一無線設備的第二下MAC層與該第二無線設備的第二下MAC層之間建立該第二無線鏈路，其中該第一無線設備的該第一下MAC層和該第二下MAC層可以是與該第一無線設備的共用上MAC層相通訊的。In some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein, establishing the multi-link communication period between a first wireless device and a second wireless device includes: The first wireless link is established between a first lower media access control (MAC) layer and a first lower MAC layer of the second wireless device. Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include processes, features, components, or instructions for: connecting a second lower MAC layer of the first wireless device to The second wireless link is established between the second lower MAC layer of the second wireless device, wherein the first lower MAC layer and the second lower MAC layer of the first wireless device may be with the first wireless device. Shared MAC layer communication.

描述了無線通訊的方法。該方法可以包括：在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間建立多鏈路通信期，該多鏈路通信期包括用於在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間的並行通訊的複數個無線鏈路；在該複數個無線鏈路中的第一無線鏈路上，從第二無線設備接收第一組資料單元；在該複數個無線鏈路中的第二無線鏈路上，從第二無線設備接收第二組資料單元；及對該第一組資料單元和該第二組資料單元進行重新排序，以產生用於第二無線設備的單個資料訊息。Methods of wireless communication are described. The method may include establishing a multi-link communication period between the first wireless device and the second wireless device, the multi-link communication period including a plurality of parameters for parallel communication between the first wireless device and the second wireless device. wireless links; on a first wireless link of the plurality of wireless links, receiving a first set of data units from a second wireless device; on a second wireless link of the plurality of wireless links, from a second wireless device The wireless device receives a second set of data units; and reorders the first set of data units and the second set of data units to generate a single data message for the second wireless device.

描述了用於無線通訊的裝置。該裝置可以包括：用於在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間建立多鏈路通信期的構件，該多鏈路通信期包括用於在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間的並行通訊的複數個無線鏈路；用於在該複數個無線鏈路中的第一無線鏈路上，從第二無線設備接收第一組資料單元的構件；用於在該複數個無線鏈路中的第二無線鏈路上，從第二無線設備接收第二組資料單元的構件；及用於對該第一組資料單元和該第二組資料單元進行重新排序，以產生用於第二無線設備的單個資料訊息的構件。Apparatus for wireless communications are described. The apparatus may include means for establishing a multi-link communication period between a first wireless device and a second wireless device, the multi-link communication period including means for establishing a multi-link communication period between the first wireless device and the second wireless device. A plurality of wireless links for parallel communication; means for receiving a first set of data units from a second wireless device on a first wireless link of the plurality of wireless links; means for receiving a first set of data units from a second wireless device on a first wireless link of the plurality of wireless links; means for receiving a second set of data units from a second wireless device on a second wireless link; and for reordering the first set of data units and the second set of data units to generate a second set of data units for the second wireless device. A component of a single data message.

描述了用於無線通訊的另一裝置。該裝置可以包括處理器、與該處理器進行電子通訊的記憶體，以及在該記憶體中儲存的指令。該等指令操作為使得該處理器進行以下操作：在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間建立多鏈路通信期，該多鏈路通信期包括用於在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間的並行通訊的複數個無線鏈路；在該複數個無線鏈路中的第一無線鏈路上，從第二無線設備接收第一組資料單元；在該複數個無線鏈路中的第二無線鏈路上，從第二無線設備接收第二組資料單元；及對該第一組資料單元和該第二組資料單元進行重新排序，以產生用於第二無線設備的單個資料訊息。Another apparatus for wireless communications is described. The device may include a processor, memory in electronic communication with the processor, and instructions stored in the memory. The instructions are operative to cause the processor to perform the following operations: establish a multi-link communication period between the first wireless device and the second wireless device, the multi-link communication period including: A plurality of wireless links for parallel communication between devices; on a first wireless link of the plurality of wireless links, receiving a first set of data units from a second wireless device; on a third wireless link of the plurality of wireless links On the second wireless link, receive a second set of data units from a second wireless device; and reorder the first set of data units and the second set of data units to generate a single data message for the second wireless device.

描述了用於無線通訊的非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體。該非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體可以包括可操作為使得處理器進行以下操作的指令：在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間建立多鏈路通信期，該多鏈路通信期包括用於在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間的並行通訊的複數個無線鏈路；在該複數個無線鏈路中的第一無線鏈路上，從第二無線設備接收第一組資料單元；在該複數個無線鏈路中的第二無線鏈路上，從第二無線設備接收第二組資料單元；及對該第一組資料單元和該第二組資料單元進行重新排序，以產生用於第二無線設備的單個資料訊息。Non-transitory computer-readable media for wireless communications are described. The non-transitory computer-readable medium may include instructions operable to cause the processor to: establish a multi-link communication period between the first wireless device and the second wireless device, the multi-link communication period including: A plurality of wireless links for parallel communication between a first wireless device and a second wireless device; on a first wireless link of the plurality of wireless links, receiving a first set of data units from the second wireless device; at Receive a second set of data units from a second wireless device on a second wireless link of the plurality of wireless links; and reorder the first set of data units and the second set of data units to generate a second set of data units for the second wireless link. 2. A single data message from a wireless device.

在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於以下各項的過程、特徵、構件或指令：將該第一組資料單元聚合到用於該第一無線鏈路的第一接收佇列。在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於以下各項的過程、特徵、構件或指令：將該第二組資料單元聚合到用於該第二無線鏈路的第二接收佇列。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include processes, features, components, or instructions for aggregating the first set of data units into the The first receive queue of a wireless link. Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include processes, features, components, or instructions for aggregating the second set of data units into the The second receive queue for the two wireless links.

在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例中，對該第一組資料單元和該第二組資料單元進行重新排序，以產生用於第二無線設備的單個資料訊息包括：針對該第一組資料單元和該第二組資料單元中的各資料單元，辨識在該第一組資料單元與該第二組資料單元之間的共用的一組序號中的一個序號。在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於以下各項的過程、特徵、構件或指令：至少部分地基於所辨識的一組序號，來對該第一組資料單元和該第二組資料單元進行重新排序以產生該單個資料訊息。In some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein, the first set of data units and the second set of data units are reordered to produce a single The data message includes: for each data unit in the first group of data units and the second group of data units, identifying one of a group of serial numbers shared between the first group of data units and the second group of data units. serial number. Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include processes, features, means, or instructions for: based at least in part on identifying a set of serial numbers, The first set of data units and the second set of data units are reordered to generate the single data message.

在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例中，對該第一組資料單元和該第二組資料單元進行重新排序，以產生用於第二無線設備的單個資料訊息包括：針對該第一組資料單元中的各資料單元，辨識用於該第一組資料單元的第一組序號中的一個序號。在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於以下各項的過程、特徵、構件或指令：針對該第二組資料單元中的各資料單元，辨識用於該第一組資料單元的第二組序號中的一個序號。在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於以下各項的過程、特徵、構件或指令：至少部分地基於所辨識的第一組序號和所辨識的第二組序號，來對該第一組資料單元和該第二組資料單元進行重新排序以產生該單個資料訊息。In some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein, the first set of data units and the second set of data units are reordered to produce a single The data message includes: for each data unit in the first group of data units, identifying a serial number in the first group of serial numbers used for the first group of data units. Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include processes, features, components, or instructions for: for each data unit in the second set of data units, Identify a sequence number in the second set of sequence numbers for the first set of data units. Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include processes, features, means, or instructions for based at least in part on identifying a first set of serial numbers and the The second set of sequence numbers identified is used to reorder the first set of data units and the second set of data units to generate the single data message.

在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於以下各項的過程、特徵、構件或指令：對所重新排序的第一組資料單元和該第二組資料單元進行重播檢查。在本文中描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於以下各項的過程、特徵、構件或指令：對所重新排序的第一組資料單元和該第二組資料單元進行分段整理。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include processes, features, components, or instructions for reordering a first set of data units and the reordered The second group of data units perform replay inspection. Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include processes, features, components, or instructions for reordering a first set of data units and the reordered The two groups of data units are sorted into sections.

一些無線通訊系統可以支援在通訊設備之間的多個並行鏈路（例如，以增加輸送量、改進鏈路效率、降低延時等等）。無線鏈路可以指的是在設備之間的通訊路徑，以及各鏈路可以支援一或多個支援資料多工的通道（例如，邏輯實體），以使在至少一些時間期間，可以在兩個鏈路上同步地或非同步地同時發生傳輸或傳輸的一部分。無線鏈路可以在相同或不同的射頻（RF）頻譜頻帶中。多鏈路通信期的各鏈路可以與是給定的無線設備的相應實體元件（例如，天線、包括功率放大器和低雜訊放大器的放大器等等）及/或邏輯處理元件（例如，實體（PHY）層、媒體存取控制（MAC）層等等）相關聯的，以及該等元件可以被配置為支援多鏈路通訊。該多個鏈路可以在MAC層連接無線設備（例如，各鏈路可以連接通訊設備的相應的低層的MAC元件）。MAC層可以對來自多個無線鏈路的資料封包進行聚合以提供給設備的上層（若無線設備正在接收）或者從設備的上層接收（若無線設備正在發送）（例如，使用從MAC層到PHY層的多個連接）。儘管此種並行通訊在輸送量和頻譜利用率方面使系統受益，但可能會增加系統的複雜性。例如，該等通訊可能需要改進的傳輸架構或者從改進的傳輸架構中受益，以促進對接收到的封包進行成功的解碼和重新排序。Some wireless communication systems can support multiple parallel links between communication devices (eg, to increase throughput, improve link efficiency, reduce latency, etc.). A wireless link may refer to a communication path between devices, and each link may support one or more channels (e.g., logical entities) that support data multiplexing so that, at least some of the time, two A transmission or part of a transmission that occurs simultaneously on a link, either synchronously or asynchronously. Wireless links can be in the same or different radio frequency (RF) spectrum bands. Each link of a multi-link communication period may be associated with a corresponding physical element (e.g., an antenna, an amplifier including a power amplifier and a low-noise amplifier, etc.) and/or a logical processing element (e.g., a physical (e.g., PHY) layer, media access control (MAC) layer, etc.), and these components can be configured to support multi-link communications. The multiple links may connect the wireless device at the MAC layer (for example, each link may connect a corresponding lower-layer MAC component of the communication device). The MAC layer can aggregate data packets from multiple wireless links to be provided to a layer above the device (if the wireless device is receiving) or received from a layer above the device (if the wireless device is transmitting) (e.g., using the MAC layer to PHY multiple connections of layers). Although such parallel communication benefits the system in terms of throughput and spectrum utilization, it may increase system complexity. For example, such communications may require or benefit from improved transport architectures to facilitate successful decoding and reordering of received packets.

在一些情況下，多鏈路通信期可以採用基於封包的聚合架構（例如，在該情況下，封包被動態地分配給鏈路）。此種架構可以改進關鍵效能指標（諸如使用者感知的輸送量（UPT）），以及降低相對於非聚合通訊的延時。然而，支援並行通訊可能增加無線系統的複雜性。例如，設備可以在多個鏈路上接收與單個訊務流相關聯的封包，以及需要對該等封包重新排序以成功地解碼所發送的資訊。另外地或替代地，封包中的一些封包在跨越無線媒體的傳播期間可能被破壞（例如，可能經理干擾或信號衰減），以及需要進行重傳，此可能引入額外的複雜性。可以期望改進的基於封包的鏈路聚合架構。In some cases, multi-link communication periods may employ a packet-based aggregation architecture (eg, in which case packets are dynamically assigned to links). This architecture can improve key performance metrics such as user-perceived throughput (UPT) and reduce latency relative to non-aggregated traffic. However, supporting parallel communications may increase the complexity of wireless systems. For example, a device may receive packets associated with a single traffic flow on multiple links and need to reorder the packets to successfully decode the transmitted information. Additionally or alternatively, some of the packets may be corrupted during propagation across the wireless medium (eg, possibly due to interference or signal attenuation) and require retransmission, which may introduce additional complexity. Improved packet-based link aggregation architectures can be expected.

在第一組實例中，發送無線設備可以維持用於多鏈路通信期的各無線鏈路的封包佇列。在下文中（例如，參考圖5）進一步描述對此種架構的考慮。在第二組實例中，無線設備可以維持用於多鏈路通信期的全部鏈路的共用發送佇列（例如，如參考圖6進一步描述的）。在一些情況下，可以對該等架構的各態樣進行修改或組合以產生其他架構。例如，在多鏈路通信期中使用共用發送佇列的鏈路的第一子集，和多鏈路通信期中使用每鏈路發送佇列的鏈路的第二子集中，可以使用架構。另一組示例架構包括：用於將跨越全部鏈路的共用的操作與特定於給定鏈路的操作進行分段的考慮（例如，如參考圖7進一步描述的）。在一些情況下，該等架構中的各架構可以由沒有並置的AP來執行，如參考圖9A和9B描述的。例如，STA可以與多個AP交換聚合能力資訊，以及辨識用於聚合通訊的一組合適的AP。In a first set of examples, a transmitting wireless device may maintain a packet queue for each wireless link of a multi-link communication period. Considerations for such an architecture are further described below (eg, with reference to Figure 5). In a second set of examples, the wireless device may maintain a common transmit queue for all links of a multi-link communication period (eg, as further described with reference to Figure 6). In some cases, aspects of these architectures may be modified or combined to create other architectures. For example, an architecture may be used in a first subset of links using a common transmit queue during a multi-link communication period, and a second subset of links using a per-link transmit queue during a multi-link communication period. Another set of example architectures includes considerations for segmenting operations that are common across all links from operations that are specific to a given link (eg, as further described with reference to Figure 7). In some cases, each of these architectures may be performed by APs that are not collocated, as described with reference to Figures 9A and 9B. For example, a STA can exchange aggregation capability information with multiple APs and identify an appropriate set of APs for aggregation communications.

最初在無線通訊系統的上下文中描述了本案內容的各態樣。隨後，參考流程示意圖和封包分配方案描述了本案內容的各態樣。經由參考與用於鏈路聚合建立和重新配置的訊號傳遞相關的裝置圖、系統圖和流程圖，來進一步圖示和描述了本案內容的各態樣。Aspects of this case were originally described in the context of wireless communication systems. Subsequently, various aspects of the content of this case are described with reference to the flow diagram and packet distribution scheme. Aspects of the subject matter are further illustrated and described with reference to device diagrams, system diagrams, and flow diagrams related to signaling for link aggregation establishment and reconfiguration.

圖1圖示根據本案內容的各個態樣配置的WLAN 100（亦稱為Wi-Fi網路）。WLAN 100可以包括AP 105和多個關聯的STA 115，其可以表示諸如無線通訊終端的設備，包括行動站、電話、個人數位助理（PDA）、其他手持設備、小筆電、筆記型電腦、平板電腦、筆記型電腦、顯示器設備（例如，TV、電腦監視器等）、印表機等等。AP 105和關聯的STA 115可以表示基本服務集（BSS）或擴展服務集（ESS）。在網路中的各個STA 115能夠經由AP 105來相互進行通訊。亦圖示AP 105的覆蓋區域110，其可以表示WLAN 100的基本服務區域（BSA）。與WLAN 100相關聯的擴展網路站可以連接到有線或無線分發系統，該有線或無線分發系統可以允許在一個ESS中連接多個AP 105。Figure 1 illustrates a WLAN 100 (also referred to as a Wi-Fi network) configured in various aspects according to the content of this application. The WLAN 100 may include an AP 105 and a plurality of associated STAs 115, which may represent devices such as wireless communication terminals, including mobile stations, phones, personal digital assistants (PDAs), other handheld devices, small notebook computers, notebook computers, tablets Computers, laptops, display devices (e.g. TVs, computer monitors, etc.), printers, etc. AP 105 and associated STAs 115 may represent a Basic Service Set (BSS) or an Extended Service Set (ESS). Various STAs 115 in the network can communicate with each other via the AP 105. Also shown is coverage area 110 of AP 105, which may represent the basic service area (BSA) of WLAN 100. The extended network station associated with the WLAN 100 can be connected to a wired or wireless distribution system that can allow multiple APs 105 to be connected in one ESS.

STA 115可以位於多於一個覆蓋區域110的相交區域中，以及可以與多於一個AP 105相關聯。單個AP 105和一組關聯的STA 115可以稱為BSS。ESS是一組連接的BSS。分發系統可以用以連接在ESS中的AP 105。在一些情況下，AP 105的覆蓋區域110可以被劃分為各扇區。WLAN 100可以包括具有不同的和重疊的覆蓋區域110的不同類型的AP 105（例如，都會區網路、家用網路等）。兩個STA 115亦可以經由直接無線鏈路125進行直接地進行通訊，而不管此兩個STA 115是否在相同的覆蓋區域110中。直接無線鏈路125的實例可以包括Wi-Fi直接連接、Wi-Fi隧道直接鏈路建立（TDLS）鏈路和其他組連接。STA 115和AP 105可以根據來自IEEE 802.11以及包括但不限於以下版本的用於實體層和MAC層的WLAN無線電和基頻協定進行通訊：802.11b、802.11g、802.11a、802.11n、802.11ac、802.11ad、802.11ah、802.11ax、802.11az、802.11ba等等。在其他實現方式中，可以在WLAN 100內實現同級間連接或自組網路。在WLAN100中的設備可以在非授權頻譜上進行通訊，非授權頻譜可以是包括經由傳統上Wi-Fi技術使用的頻帶（諸如5 GHz頻帶、2.4 GHz頻帶、60 GHz頻帶、3.6 GHz頻帶及/或900 MHz頻帶）的頻譜的一部分頻譜。非授權頻譜亦可以包括其他頻帶。A STA 115 may be located in the intersection of more than one coverage area 110 and may be associated with more than one AP 105 . A single AP 105 and a group of associated STAs 115 may be referred to as a BSS. ESS is a set of connected BSS. The distribution system can be used to connect to the AP 105 in the ESS. In some cases, coverage area 110 of AP 105 may be divided into sectors. WLAN 100 may include different types of APs 105 with different and overlapping coverage areas 110 (eg, metro network, home network, etc.). Two STAs 115 may also communicate directly via direct wireless link 125 regardless of whether the two STAs 115 are in the same coverage area 110 . Examples of direct wireless links 125 may include Wi-Fi Direct connections, Wi-Fi Tunnel Direct Link Setup (TDLS) links, and other group connections. The STA 115 and the AP 105 may communicate according to WLAN radio and baseband protocols for the physical layer and MAC layer from IEEE 802.11 and including but not limited to the following versions: 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11a, 802.11n, 802.11ac, 802.11ad, 802.11ah, 802.11ax, 802.11az, 802.11ba, etc. In other implementations, peer connections or ad hoc networks may be implemented within the WLAN 100. Devices in WLAN 100 may communicate on unlicensed spectrum, which may include frequency bands traditionally used by Wi-Fi technology (such as the 5 GHz band, the 2.4 GHz band, the 60 GHz band, the 3.6 GHz band, and/or 900 MHz band) spectrum. Unlicensed spectrum may also include other frequency bands.

在一些情況下，STA 115（或AP 105）可由中央AP 105偵測，但不由在中央AP 105的覆蓋區域110中的其他STA 115偵測。例如，一個STA 115可以在中央AP 105的覆蓋區域110的一端，而另一STA 115可以在另一端。因此，此兩個STA 115可以與AP 105進行通訊，但是可能不接收彼此的傳輸。此可能在基於爭用的環境（例如，載波偵聽多工存取（CSMA）/衝突避免（CA））中造成兩個STA 115的衝突的傳輸，此是因為STA 115沒有避免在彼此之上進行發送。其傳輸不可辨識但是在相同覆蓋區域110內的STA 115可以稱為隱藏節點。可以經由交換由發送方STA 115（或AP 105）發送的請求發送（RTS）封包和由接收方STA 115（或AP 105）發送的允許發送（CTS）封包來補充CSMA/CA。此種交換可以警告在發送方和接收方範圍內的其他設備在主傳輸期間不進行發送。因此，RTS/CTS交握可以幫助減輕隱藏節點的問題。In some cases, a STA 115 (or AP 105) may be detected by the central AP 105 but not by other STAs 115 in the coverage area 110 of the central AP 105. For example, one STA 115 may be at one end of the central AP's 105 coverage area 110 and another STA 115 may be at the other end. Therefore, the two STAs 115 may communicate with the AP 105 but may not receive each other's transmissions. This may cause colliding transmissions of the two STAs 115 in a contention-based environment (eg, Carrier Sense Multiplexing (CSMA)/Collision Avoidance (CA)) because the STAs 115 do not avoid being on top of each other. to send. STAs 115 whose transmissions are not identifiable but are within the same coverage area 110 may be called hidden nodes. CSMA/CA may be supplemented via exchanging request-to-send (RTS) packets sent by the sender STA 115 (or AP 105) and clear-to-send (CTS) packets sent by the receiver STA 115 (or AP 105). This exchange can warn other devices within range of the sender and receiver not to transmit during the main transmission. Therefore, RTS/CTS handshaking can help alleviate the hidden node problem.

在支援多鏈路聚合（其亦可以稱為多通道聚合）的系統中，與單個STA 115相關聯的一些訊務可以跨越多個並行通訊鏈路120（在本文中亦可以稱為「鏈路」或「無線鏈路」）進行發送。因此，多鏈路聚合可以提供用於增加網路容量和使可用資源的利用率最大化的手段。在一些情況下，用於給定的無線設備的各通訊鏈路120可以是與該無線設備的相應無線電相關聯的（例如，其中無線電包括發送/接收鏈、實體天線、信號處理元件等等）。可以以多個方式來實現多鏈路聚合。作為第一實例，多鏈路聚合可以是基於封包的。在基於封包的聚合中，可以跨越多個通訊鏈路120（例如，在多個通道上）並行地發送單個訊務流的訊框（例如，與給定的訊務辨識符（TID）相關聯的全部訊務）。在一些情況下，該多個通訊鏈路120可以在相同的RF頻譜頻帶中進行操作（例如，各鏈路可以在5GHz頻帶中，以及使用在5 GHz頻帶中的通道）。在其他情況下，該多個通訊鏈路120可以在不同的RF頻譜頻帶中（例如，一個可以在2.4GHz頻帶中，而另一個可以在5 GHz頻帶中）。各鏈路是可以與不同的PHY層和下MAC層相關聯的，如參考圖4描述的。在此種實現方式中，可以在上MAC層執行對單獨的通訊鏈路120的聚合的管理。在下MAC層和PHY層實現的多鏈路聚合對於無線設備的高層而言可以是透明的。In systems that support multi-link aggregation (which may also be referred to as multi-channel aggregation), some traffic associated with a single STA 115 may span multiple parallel communication links 120 (which may also be referred to herein as "links"). ” or “wireless link”) to send. Therefore, multi-link aggregation can provide a means for increasing network capacity and maximizing utilization of available resources. In some cases, each communications link 120 for a given wireless device may be associated with a corresponding radio of that wireless device (eg, where the radio includes a transmit/receive chain, physical antennas, signal processing elements, etc.) . Multi-link aggregation can be implemented in several ways. As a first example, multi-link aggregation may be packet-based. In packet-based aggregation, frames of a single traffic flow (e.g., associated with a given traffic identifier (TID)) may be sent in parallel across multiple communication links 120 (e.g., on multiple channels). all messages). In some cases, the multiple communication links 120 may operate in the same RF spectrum band (eg, each link may be in the 5 GHz band and use channels in the 5 GHz band). In other cases, the multiple communication links 120 may be in different RF spectrum bands (eg, one may be in the 2.4 GHz band and another may be in the 5 GHz band). Each link may be associated with a different PHY layer and lower MAC layer, as described with reference to Figure 4. In such an implementation, management of the aggregation of individual communication links 120 may be performed at the upper MAC layer. The multi-link aggregation implemented at the lower MAC and PHY layers can be transparent to higher layers of the wireless device.

再如，多鏈路聚合可以是基於流的。在基於流的聚合中，可以使用多個可用通訊鏈路120中的一者來發送各訊務流（例如，與給定的TID相關聯的全部訊務）。例如，單個STA 115可以在並行地串流傳輸視訊的同時存取web瀏覽器。與web瀏覽器存取相關聯的訊務可以在第一通訊鏈路120的第一通道上傳送，而與視訊串流相關聯的訊務可以在第二通訊鏈路120的第二通道上並行地傳送（例如，在第一通道上傳送的資料中的至少一些資料可以與在第二通道上發送的資料併發地進行）。在一些實例中，在第一通訊鏈路120和第二通訊鏈路120上的傳輸可以是同步的。在其他實例中，傳輸可以是非同步的。如在本文中描述的，通道可以屬於相同的RF頻帶或不同的RF頻帶。在三個通訊鏈路120（例如，或大於兩個的其他數量的通訊鏈路）的情況下，全部三個通訊鏈路120可以支援在相同RF頻帶上的操作（例如，在5 GHz RF頻帶中的全部三個通訊鏈路）。在其他情況下，兩個通訊鏈路120而不是第三通訊鏈路可以支援在相同RF頻帶上的操作（例如，在5 GHz RF頻帶中的兩個鏈路，以及在2.4 GHz RF頻帶中的一個鏈路）。或者，在其他情況下，此三個通訊鏈路120中的各通訊鏈路可以支援針對單獨的RF頻帶的操作。在一些情況下，基於流的聚合可以不使用交叉鏈路封包排程和重新排序（例如，其可以用以支援基於封包的聚合）。或者，在單個流的情況下（例如，在STA 115簡單地嘗試存取web瀏覽器的情況下），聚合增益可能是不可用的。As another example, multi-link aggregation can be flow-based. In flow-based aggregation, each traffic flow (eg, all traffic associated with a given TID) may be sent using one of multiple available communication links 120 . For example, a single STA 115 can access a web browser while streaming video in parallel. Traffic associated with web browser access may be transmitted on a first channel of the first communication link 120, while traffic associated with video streaming may be transmitted in parallel on a second channel of the second communication link 120. (e.g., at least some of the data transmitted on the first channel may be transmitted concurrently with the data transmitted on the second channel). In some examples, transmissions over first communication link 120 and second communication link 120 may be synchronous. In other instances, the transmission may be asynchronous. As described herein, channels may belong to the same RF band or different RF bands. In the case of three communication links 120 (e.g., or other number of communication links greater than two), all three communication links 120 may support operation in the same RF band (e.g., in the 5 GHz RF band all three communication links in ). In other cases, two communication links 120 rather than a third communication link may support operation on the same RF band (e.g., two links in the 5 GHz RF band, and one in the 2.4 GHz RF band). a link). Alternatively, in other cases, each of the three communication links 120 may support operation for a separate RF frequency band. In some cases, flow-based aggregation may not use cross-link packet scheduling and reordering (eg, which may be used to support packet-based aggregation). Alternatively, in the case of a single flow (eg, where the STA 115 is simply trying to access a web browser), aggregation gain may not be available.

在其他實施例中，可以採用基於流和基於封包的聚合的混合。例如，設備可以在建立多個訊務流的情況下採用基於流的聚合，以及可以在其他情況下採用基於封包的聚合。在多鏈路聚合技術（例如，模式）之間切換的決定可以另外地或替代地基於其他度量（例如，一天中的時間、在網路內的訊務負載、用於無線設備的可用電池電量等等）。要理解的是，儘管在涉及兩個（或更多個）通訊鏈路120的多鏈路通信期的上下文中描述了前述態樣，但是所描述的概念可以擴展到涉及多個直接無線鏈路125的多鏈路通信期。In other embodiments, a mixture of flow-based and packet-based aggregation may be employed. For example, a device may use flow-based aggregation when establishing multiple traffic flows, and may use packet-based aggregation in other situations. The decision to switch between multi-link aggregation technologies (e.g., modes) may additionally or alternatively be based on other metrics (e.g., time of day, traffic load within the network, available battery power for wireless devices etc). It is to be understood that, although the foregoing aspects are described in the context of a multi-link communication period involving two (or more) communication links 120, the concepts described may be extended to involve multiple direct wireless links. 125 multi-link communication period.

為了支援所描述的多鏈路聚合技術，AP 105和STA 115可以交換支援的聚合能力資訊（例如，支援的聚合類型、支援的頻帶等等）。在一些情況下，可以經由信標信號、快速初始鏈路設置（FILS）發現（FD）訊框、廣播探測回應訊框、探測請求、關聯請求、探測回應、關聯回應、專用動作訊框、操作模式指示符（OMI）等等發生資訊的交換。在一些情況下，AP 105可以將在給定頻帶中的給定通道指定為錨定鏈路（例如，在其上發送信標和其他管理訊框（諸如FD訊框、廣播探測回應、探測請求或回應、（重新）關聯請求或回應訊框）的無線鏈路），在一些情況下其亦可以稱為錨定通道。在此種情況下，AP 105可以出於發現的目的，在其他通道或鏈路上發送信標（例如，其可以包含較少的資訊）。儘管描述為基於頻率，但是錨定鏈路可以另外地或替代地基於時間，以及涉及時間點（例如，AP 105可以在一或多個鏈路上的某個時間間隔期間發送其信標）。在一些實例中，錨定鏈路可以是鏈路125，以及可以具有比在多鏈路通信期中的另一活動鏈路125更窄的頻寬。較寬頻寬的鏈路可以用以基於在較窄錨定鏈路125上的通訊來發送資料。在一些情況下，替代較窄頻寬或除了窄頻寬之外，可以使用較低的頻帶，以及替代較寬頻寬或除了較寬頻寬之外，可以使用較高的頻帶。例如，錨定鏈路125可以是2.4 GHz頻帶，以及可以在5 GHz頻帶上發送資料。較窄的頻寬或較低的頻帶可以比較寬的頻寬或較高的頻帶提供更高的可靠性和更好的範圍。To support the described multi-link aggregation techniques, AP 105 and STA 115 may exchange supported aggregation capability information (eg, supported aggregation types, supported frequency bands, etc.). In some cases, this may occur via beacon signals, Fast Initial Link Setup (FILS) Discovery (FD) frames, broadcast probe response frames, probe requests, association requests, probe responses, association responses, dedicated action frames, operations Mode indicator (OMI) etc. exchange of information occurs. In some cases, AP 105 may designate a given channel in a given frequency band as an anchor link (e.g., over which to send beacons and other management frames (such as FD frames, broadcast probe responses, probe requests or response, (re)association request or response frame)), which may also be called an anchor channel in some cases. In this case, AP 105 may send the beacon on other channels or links for discovery purposes (eg, it may contain less information). Although described as frequency-based, anchor links may additionally or alternatively be time-based, as well as refer to points in time (eg, AP 105 may send its beacon during a certain time interval on one or more links). In some examples, the anchor link may be link 125 and may have a narrower bandwidth than another active link 125 during a multi-link communication period. Wider bandwidth links may be used to send data based on communications over the narrower anchor link 125 . In some cases, a lower frequency band may be used instead of or in addition to a narrower bandwidth, and a higher frequency band may be used instead of or in addition to a wider bandwidth. For example, anchor link 125 may be the 2.4 GHz band, and data may be sent in the 5 GHz band. A narrower bandwidth or lower frequency band can provide greater reliability and better range than a wider bandwidth or higher frequency band.

為了支援所描述的多鏈路聚合技術，AP 105和STA 115可以交換或通告其支援某些類型的聚合的能力。例如，支援某些類型的聚合的能力可以包括：若各鏈路125可以具有不同的大小或頻寬，則最大頻寬AP 105及/或STA 115可以在特定鏈路125上支援（例如，基於該鏈路是否在諸如2.4 GHz的特定頻帶上，最大頻寬可以是40 MHz）；AP 105及/或STA 115是否支援對寬頻的打孔以支援多鏈路；AP 105及/或STA 115是否支援在多個鏈路上的FD；AP 105及/或STA 115是否支援帶內聚合；AP 105及/或STA 115是否支援獨立鏈路（亦即，多個主鏈路）或共用PPDU（亦即，單個主鏈路）。在一些實例中，AP 105和STA 115可以經由管理訊號傳遞來交換或通告其能力。管理訊號傳遞可以包括攜帶諸如高輸送量（HT）能力元素、超高輸送量（VHT）能力元素、高效率（HE）能力元素、擴展能力元素，或者新元素（諸如極高輸送量（EHT）能力元素或多鏈路聚合能力元素）的資訊元素（IE）的管理訊框。若對某些類型的聚合的支援是動態的，則AP 105和STA 115可以經由諸如HT操作元素、VHT操作元素、HE操作元素、EHT操作元素或新元素（諸如多鏈路聚合操作元素）的操作元素，來交換或通告其能力。在一些實例中，單個管理訊框可以攜帶多個元素，例如，HE能力元素和HE操作元素兩者。在其他實例中，可以在單獨的管理訊框中攜帶此種元素。在一些實例中，AP 105和STA 115可以經由諸如多鏈路聚合元素的新元素或者經由諸如多頻帶聚合元素的現有元素，來交換或通告其多鏈路能力。To support the multi-link aggregation techniques described, APs 105 and STAs 115 may exchange or advertise their capabilities to support certain types of aggregation. For example, the ability to support certain types of aggregation may include: if links 125 may be of different sizes or bandwidths, then the maximum bandwidth AP 105 and/or STA 115 may support on a particular link 125 (e.g., based on Whether the link is on a specific frequency band such as 2.4 GHz (the maximum bandwidth can be 40 MHz); whether AP 105 and/or STA 115 support wideband hole punching to support multiple links; whether AP 105 and/or STA 115 Support FD on multiple links; whether AP 105 and/or STA 115 support in-band aggregation; whether AP 105 and/or STA 115 support independent links (i.e., multiple primary links) or shared PPDUs (i.e. , a single primary link). In some examples, AP 105 and STAs 115 may exchange or advertise their capabilities via management signaling. Management signaling may include carrying elements such as high throughput (HT) capabilities, very high throughput (VHT) capabilities, high efficiency (HE) capabilities, extended capability elements, or new elements such as extremely high throughput (EHT) Capability element or multi-link aggregation capability element) management frame of the information element (IE). If support for certain types of aggregation is dynamic, AP 105 and STA 115 may operate via Manipulate elements to exchange or communicate their capabilities. In some instances, a single management frame may carry multiple elements, for example, both a HE capability element and a HE operation element. In other instances, such elements may be carried in a separate management frame. In some examples, AP 105 and STAs 115 may exchange or advertise their multi-link capabilities via a new element, such as a multi-link aggregation element, or via an existing element, such as a multi-band aggregation element.

在一些實例中，在多鏈路聚合中，各鏈路可以使用其自己的發送佇列。在其他實例中，可以跨越鏈路使用共用發送佇列。在一些實例中，各鏈路可以具有唯一的發射器位址（TA）和接收器位址（RA）。在其他實例中，TA和RA跨越用於多鏈路聚合的多個鏈路可以是共用的。在其他實例中，序號（SN）、訊框號（FN）及/或封包號（PN）中的一者或多者跨越通訊鏈路可以是共用的。跨越該等鏈路中的兩個或更多個鏈路可以是共用（或不同）的其他項目包括加密金鑰、MAC封包資料單元（MPDU）產生、聚合的MAC服務資料單元（AMSDU）約束、分段大小、重新排序、重播檢查及/或分段整理技術。在其他實例中，加密金鑰可以是各鏈路的。In some instances, in multi-link aggregation, each link can use its own send queue. In other instances, a shared send queue may be used across links. In some examples, each link may have a unique transmitter address (TA) and receiver address (RA). In other examples, the TA and RA may be common across multiple links for multi-link aggregation. In other examples, one or more of a sequence number (SN), a frame number (FN), and/or a packet number (PN) may be common across the communication link. Other items that may be common (or different) across two or more of the links include encryption keys, MAC Packet Data Unit (MPDU) generation, Aggregated MAC Service Data Unit (AMSDU) constraints, Segment sizing, reordering, replay checking and/or segment grooming techniques. In other examples, encryption keys may be per-link.

在各個實例中，回應於多鏈路傳輸，可以發送區塊確認（BA）。BA可以指的是針對一起發送的多個MPDU的確認（ACK）（例如，針對MPDU的區塊的ACK）。發送設備（例如，請求BA的設備）和接收設備（例如，發送BA的設備）可以在設置階段期間建立BA通信期（亦稱為BA協定），協商關於條款的協定和針對BA通信期的能力（例如，使用添加BA（ADDBA）請求和回應程序）。發送設備和接收設備可以交換諸如BA大小、緩衝區大小、窗大小（例如，滑動窗）及/或策略的能力資訊，以及隨後關於用於接收設備和發射器設備中的各設備的共用參數達成一致。稍後可以解除BA協定（例如，使用刪除BA（DELBA）請求）。In various instances, in response to the multi-link transmission, a block acknowledgment (BA) may be sent. BA may refer to an acknowledgment (ACK) for multiple MPDUs sent together (eg, ACK for a block of MPDUs). The sending device (e.g., the device requesting BA) and the receiving device (e.g., the device sending BA) may establish a BA communication session (also known as a BA agreement) during the setup phase, negotiate an agreement on the terms, and the ability to target the BA communication session (For example, using the Add BA (ADDBA) request and responder). The sending device and the receiving device may exchange capability information such as BA size, buffer size, window size (e.g., sliding window), and/or policies, and subsequently agree on common parameters for each of the receiving device and the transmitter device consistent. The BA contract can be released later (for example, using a Delete BA (DELBA) request).

發送設備和接收設備皆可以維持滑動窗（例如，BA窗），以及可以先前已經協商了BA的大小。例如，BA通信期可以具有64個MPDU的BA大小（例如，其他BA大小實例可以包括256個MPDU、1024個MPDU等等）。在此種情況下，發送設備可以發送64個MPDU，接著是區塊確認請求（BAR）。回應於BAR，接收設備可以在接收到64個MPDU和BAR時，將BA發送給發送設備。BA可以指示是否正確地接收了全部64個MPDU、哪些MPDU丟失等等。在一些情況下，BA可以用以指示較長的BA窗，或者定義亦可以發送較大的BA窗的能力交換或協定。在其他實例中，可以使用單個SN，但是具有多個記分牌（例如，每通道或鏈路一個記分牌），或者具有共用的全域記分牌，以及每鏈路記分牌。多鏈路聚合（例如，基於流及/或基於封包）可以經由高效地分配對多個鏈路（和多個通道）的利用來增加網路容量。Both the sending device and the receiving device may maintain a sliding window (eg, BA window), and may have previously negotiated the size of the BA. For example, a BA communication period may have a BA size of 64 MPDUs (eg, other BA size examples may include 256 MPDUs, 1024 MPDUs, etc.). In this case, the sending device can send 64 MPDUs, followed by a Block Acknowledgment Request (BAR). In response to the BAR, the receiving device can send the BA to the sending device when receiving 64 MPDUs and BAR. The BA can indicate whether all 64 MPDUs were received correctly, which MPDUs were lost, etc. In some cases, BA can be used to indicate a longer BA window, or to define a capability exchange or agreement that can also send a larger BA window. In other instances, a single SN may be used, but with multiple scoreboards (eg, one scoreboard per channel or link), or with a shared global scoreboard, as well as a per-link scoreboard. Multi-link aggregation (eg, flow-based and/or packet-based) can increase network capacity by efficiently distributing utilization of multiple links (and multiple channels).

圖2根據本案內容的各態樣圖示支援基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的WLAN 200的實例。在一些實例中，WLAN 200可以實現WLAN 100的各態樣。在AP 105-a與STA 115-a之間的無線連接可以稱為鏈路205或通訊鏈路，以及各鏈路205可以包括一或多個通道。例如，WLAN 200可以支援多鏈路聚合，以使AP 105-a和STA 115-a可以在兩個或更多個鏈路（例如，鏈路205-a和鏈路205-b）上並行地通訊。因此，STA 115-a可以在鏈路205-a和鏈路205-b兩者上，從AP 105-a接收封包（例如，MPDU）。在兩個或更多個鏈路上的此種並行通訊210-a和210-b在特定的時間段期間可以是同步的或非同步的，以及可以是上行鏈路或下行鏈路，或者上行鏈路和下行鏈路的組合（例如，全雙工）。在全雙工配置的實例中，一或多個鏈路可以用於上行鏈路傳輸，而在相同時間期間，一或多個鏈路可以用於下行鏈路傳輸。如在本文中描述的，在不背離本案內容的保護範圍的情況下，在兩個或更多個鏈路205-a和205-b上的並行通訊210-a和210-b（例如，其可以稱為側向鏈路通訊）可以在兩個STA 115之間發生。FIG. 2 illustrates an example of a WLAN 200 supporting a packet-based link aggregation architecture according to aspects of the present disclosure. In some examples, WLAN 200 may implement aspects of WLAN 100. The wireless connection between AP 105-a and STA 115-a may be referred to as a link 205 or communication link, and each link 205 may include one or more channels. For example, WLAN 200 may support multi-link aggregation such that AP 105-a and STA 115-a may operate in parallel on two or more links (eg, link 205-a and link 205-b). Communication. Therefore, STA 115-a may receive packets (eg, MPDUs) from AP 105-a on both link 205-a and link 205-b. Such parallel communications 210-a and 210-b on two or more links may be synchronous or asynchronous during a particular time period, and may be uplink or downlink, or uplink combination of path and downlink (e.g., full duplex). In the example of a full-duplex configuration, one or more links may be used for uplink transmission, and during the same time, one or more links may be used for downlink transmission. As described herein, without departing from the scope of the subject matter, parallel communications 210-a and 210-b on two or more links 205-a and 205-b (e.g., their What may be called side-link communication) may occur between two STAs 115.

此種多鏈路聚合可以向WLAN 200提供多種益處。例如，多鏈路聚合可以改進UPT（例如，經由快速地刷新每使用者發送佇列）。類似地，多鏈路聚合可以經由改進可用通道的利用率（例如，經由增加集群增益）來改進WLAN 200的輸送量。亦即，多鏈路聚合可以增加頻譜利用率，以及可以增加頻寬時間乘積。不支援多鏈路聚合的網路可能在非均勻（例如，短脈衝的）訊務情況下經歷頻譜利用不足。例如，在任何特定的時刻，在給定鏈路205（例如，鏈路205-a）上的通訊負載可能較低，而針對另一鏈路205（例如，鏈路205-b）的需求可能較高。經由允許單個訊務流（例如，單個網際網路協定（IP）流）橫跨不同的鏈路205，可以增加整體的網路容量。Such multi-link aggregation can provide WLAN 200 with various benefits. For example, multi-link aggregation can improve UPT (eg, by quickly refreshing the per-user send queue). Similarly, multi-link aggregation may improve the throughput of WLAN 200 via improved utilization of available channels (eg, via increased clustering gain). That is, multi-link aggregation can increase spectrum utilization and can increase bandwidth-time product. Networks that do not support multi-link aggregation may experience spectrum under-utilization under non-uniform (eg, short burst) traffic conditions. For example, at any particular moment, the traffic load on a given link 205 (eg, link 205-a) may be low, while demand on another link 205 (eg, link 205-b) may higher. By allowing a single traffic flow (eg, a single Internet Protocol (IP) flow) to span different links 205, overall network capacity can be increased.

此外，多鏈路聚合可以使能在多頻帶無線電之間進行平滑轉換（例如，其中各無線電可以是與給定的RF頻帶相關聯的），及/或使得框架能夠建立控制通道和資料通道的分離。多鏈路聚合的其他益處包括：減少數據機的開啟時間，此可以在功耗方面使無線設備受益，但最終的省電增益在一些情況下可能取決於其他因素，該等因素包括處理要求、RF頻寬等等。在單個BSS的情況下，多鏈路聚合額外地增加了多工機會。亦即，多鏈路聚合可以增加由多鏈路AP 105-a服務的每多工傳輸的使用者數量。Additionally, multi-link aggregation may enable smooth transitions between multi-band radios (e.g., where each radio may be associated with a given RF band), and/or enable the framework to establish control channels and data channels. separation. Other benefits of multi-link aggregation include reduced modem on time, which can benefit wireless devices in terms of power consumption, although the final power saving gain may in some cases depend on other factors including processing requirements, RF bandwidth, etc. In the case of a single BSS, multi-link aggregation additionally increases multiplexing opportunities. That is, multi-link aggregation can increase the number of users per multiplex served by multi-link AP 105-a.

在一些情況下，可以經由在STA 115-a與AP 105-a（或同級STA 115）之間的訊號傳遞，來支援（包括發起）多鏈路聚合。例如，STA 115-a可以向AP 105-a（或同級STA 115）指示其是否支援多鏈路聚合。例如，STA 115-a可以指示：通常針對特定的RF頻譜頻帶、針對給定RF頻譜頻帶的鏈路205等等，其支援多鏈路聚合。此種訊號傳遞可以是靜態的（例如，以信標、FD訊框、探測、關聯或重新關聯訊框等等的形式）、半靜態或動態的（例如，經由OMI或其他類似的指令引數）。在一些情況下，AP 105-a（例如，或同級STA 115）可以至少部分地基於由STA 115-a通告的能力，來決定是否聚合與STA 115-a的通訊。In some cases, multi-link aggregation may be supported (including initiated) via signaling between STA 115-a and AP 105-a (or peer STA 115). For example, STA 115-a may indicate to AP 105-a (or peer STA 115) whether it supports multi-link aggregation. For example, STA 115-a may indicate, typically for a specific RF spectrum band, a link 205 for a given RF spectrum band, etc., that supports multi-link aggregation. Such signaling may be static (e.g., in the form of beacons, FD frames, probes, correlation or re-association frames, etc.), semi-static, or dynamic (e.g., via OMI or other similar command parameters). ). In some cases, AP 105-a (eg, or peer STA 115) may decide whether to aggregate communications with STA 115-a based at least in part on capabilities advertised by STA 115-a.

然而，多鏈路聚合亦可能具有實現方式挑戰。例如，可能跨越不同的鏈路亂序地發送及/或接收封包，給定鏈路在一段時間內可能遭受相對於另一個聚合的惡化的鏈路（例如，與頻率相關的衰落等等）的通訊狀況，給定鏈路或該鏈路的通道可能在一段時間內經歷高訊務量等等。在本文中論述的聚合架構可以解決各種實現方式挑戰。However, multi-link aggregation may also have implementation challenges. For example, packets may be sent and/or received out of order across different links, and a given link may suffer degradation over time relative to another aggregated link (e.g., frequency-related fading, etc.) Communication conditions, a given link or a channel for that link may experience high traffic for a period of time, etc. The convergence architecture discussed in this article addresses a variety of implementation challenges.

在一些示例性聚合架構中，可以在鏈路205-a和205-b上聚合全部TID（例如，或流ID或框架類型）（例如，此可以是基於封包的聚合的實例）。亦即，並行通訊210-a和210-b可以均具有至少一個具有共用TID的封包。基於封包的聚合可以提供在UPT和總輸送量中的改進（例如，即使對於單個訊務流的情況）。在一些情況下，鏈路205-a和205-b可以具有獨立的PHY和下MAC操作（例如，CSMA），同時在上MAC層執行聚合（例如，如在下文中進一步描述的）。In some example aggregation architectures, all TIDs (eg, or flow IDs or frame types) may be aggregated on links 205-a and 205-b (eg, this may be an example of packet-based aggregation). That is, parallel communications 210-a and 210-b may each have at least one packet with a common TID. Packet-based aggregation can provide improvements in UPT and overall throughput (eg, even for a single traffic flow). In some cases, links 205-a and 205-b may have independent PHY and lower MAC operations (eg, CSMA) while aggregation is performed at the upper MAC layer (eg, as described further below).

在此種聚合架構的第一實例中，可以經由使用每鏈路發送佇列來支援基於封包的聚合。亦即，鏈路205-a可以是與在諸如STA 115-a的發送設備處的第一發送佇列相關聯的，以及鏈路205-b可以是與在STA 115-a處的第二發送佇列相關聯的。封包控制器（例如，其可以位於如參考圖4描述的上MAC層）可以將MAC服務資料單元（MSDU）分配給用於給定鏈路205的發送佇列。參考圖5進一步論述了每鏈路發送佇列的各態樣。In a first example of such an aggregation architecture, packet-based aggregation may be supported through the use of per-link send queues. That is, link 205-a may be associated with a first transmit queue at a transmitting device such as STA 115-a, and link 205-b may be associated with a second transmit queue at STA 115-a Queue related. A packet controller (eg, which may be located in the upper MAC layer as described with reference to FIG. 4 ) may allocate MAC Service Data Units (MSDUs) to the transmit queue for a given link 205 . Aspects of per-link transmit queues are further discussed with reference to Figure 5.

在基於封包的聚合架構的第二實例中，可以經由使用對鏈路205-a和205-b而言共用的發送佇列來支援聚合。在一些情況下，該發送佇列對全部鏈路205而言可以是共用的（例如，鏈路205-a和205-b可以是唯一的聚合鏈路205），或者對於聚合鏈路205的子集而言可以是共用的（例如，可以存在與其自身的每鏈路發送佇列相關聯的第三鏈路205）。如參考圖6描述的，MSDU可以從共用發送佇列動態地分配給各下MAC層。In a second example of a packet-based aggregation architecture, aggregation may be supported through the use of a send queue common to links 205-a and 205-b. In some cases, the send queue may be common to all links 205 (e.g., links 205-a and 205-b may be the only aggregate link 205), or may be common to a subset of aggregate link 205. The set may be shared (eg, there may be a third link 205 associated with its own per-link transmit queue). As described with reference to Figure 6, MSDUs may be dynamically allocated to each lower MAC layer from a common transmit queue.

在基於封包的聚合的另一實例中，可以對共用發送佇列架構和每鏈路發送佇列架構的各態樣進行組合。例如，此種聚合架構可以引入兩組封包序號。亦即，各MSDU可以具有共用SN和每鏈路SN兩者，如參考圖7和圖8描述的。在另一示例性聚合架構中，可以在非並置的AP 105上支援聚合，參考圖9A和9B描述了其中的各態樣。In another example of packet-based aggregation, aspects of a shared transmit queue architecture and a per-link transmit queue architecture may be combined. For example, this aggregation architecture can introduce two sets of packet sequence numbers. That is, each MSDU may have both a common SN and a per-link SN, as described with reference to FIGS. 7 and 8 . In another exemplary aggregation architecture, aggregation may be supported on non-collocated APs 105, aspects of which are described with reference to Figures 9A and 9B.

在一些情況下，聚合架構可以包括單個主通道或多個主通道。單個主通道架構可以包括在兩個鏈路（例如，鏈路205-a和鏈路205-b）之間的從屬關係。例如，在單個主通道方案中，鏈路205-a可以包括完成爭用、回退和NAV的主通道。主通道可以執行功率偵測（PD）。功率偵測可以用以監測期望的頻譜頻帶是否正在由在WLAN 200中的另一設備使用。另外，一旦PD高於閾值（例如，頻譜頻帶是閒置的），第二鏈路（例如，鏈路205-b）就可以用以執行能量偵測（ED），以監測相鄰訊務是否干擾該鏈路。若能量偵測低於閾值（例如，沒有顯著的干擾），則可以在鏈路205-a和205-b兩者上開始同步聚合通訊。若PD指示主鏈路閒置，但ED指示輔鏈路繁忙，則不可以跨越此兩個鏈路來聚合通訊。在一些實例中，主通道可以是靜態的（例如，始終是鏈路205-a），或者主通道可以是浮動的（例如，主通道可以在鏈路205-a與鏈路205-b之間動態地切換）。相比而言，多個主通道可以相互獨立地爭用存取各鏈路（例如，鏈路205-a和205-b）。例如，可以在各鏈路上執行單獨的NAV。In some cases, the converged architecture may include a single primary channel or multiple primary channels. A single master channel architecture may include a dependency relationship between two links (eg, link 205-a and link 205-b). For example, in a single primary channel scenario, link 205-a may include a primary channel that completes contention, fallback, and NAV. The main channel can perform power detection (PD). Power sensing can be used to monitor whether a desired spectrum band is being used by another device in WLAN 200. In addition, once the PD is above the threshold (e.g., the spectrum band is idle), the second link (e.g., link 205-b) can be used to perform energy detection (ED) to monitor whether adjacent traffic interferes with the link. If the energy detection is below the threshold (eg, there is no significant interference), synchronized aggregate communications may be initiated on both links 205-a and 205-b. If PD indicates that the primary link is idle, but ED indicates that the secondary link is busy, traffic cannot be aggregated across the two links. In some instances, the primary channel may be static (e.g., always link 205-a), or the primary channel may be floating (e.g., the primary channel may be between link 205-a and link 205-b dynamically switch). In contrast, multiple primary channels may compete independently for access to each link (eg, links 205-a and 205-b). For example, separate NAV can be performed on each link.

根據本案內容的各個態樣，當並行通訊210-a和210-b在特定的時間段期間是上行鏈路和下行鏈路的組合時，在本文中此可以稱為多鏈路全雙工。例如，具有全雙工能力的STA 115-a可以同時地發送上行鏈路和接收下行鏈路。因此，對於STA 115-a而言，在上行鏈路與下行鏈路之間可以不存在爭用。在一些情況下，STA 115-a仍然可以與其他STA爭用鏈路（例如，獨立地或聯合地爭用鏈路205-a和205-b）。若經由多鏈路進行通訊的兩個設備（例如，STA 115-a和AP 105-a）皆具有全雙工能力，則通訊210-a和210-b不會相互爭用。例如，通訊210-a可以是下行鏈路資料傳輸，以及通訊210-b可以是對通訊210-a的回應（例如，確認）。According to aspects of this context, when parallel communications 210-a and 210-b are a combination of uplink and downlink during a specific time period, this may be referred to herein as multi-link full duplex. For example, a STA 115-a with full-duplex capability may transmit uplink and receive downlink simultaneously. Therefore, there may be no contention between the uplink and downlink for STA 115-a. In some cases, STA 115-a may still contend with other STAs for the link (eg, independently or jointly contending for links 205-a and 205-b). If two devices communicating over multiple links (eg, STA 115-a and AP 105-a) are both full-duplex capable, communications 210-a and 210-b will not compete with each other. For example, communication 210-a may be a downlink data transmission, and communication 210-b may be a response (eg, an acknowledgment) to communication 210-a.

在一些實例中，並行通訊210-a和210-b是在單個鏈路（例如，鏈路205-a）上的特定的時間段期間的上行鏈路和下行鏈路的組合，在本文中此可以稱為在單個鏈路上的全雙工。例如，具有全雙工能力的STA 115-a可以在單個鏈路（例如，鏈路205-a）上同時地發送上行鏈路和接收下行鏈路。在一些情況下，當單個鏈路正在使用全雙工時，由於同時進行上行鏈路和下行鏈路傳輸，因此其可能看起來如兩個鏈路進行操作。在單個鏈路上的全雙工可以包括：例如，取決於一或多個無線設備的無線電頻率過濾能力，各雙工鏈路利用完整的操作頻寬或者在不同的子通道上，或者在操作頻寬內使用不同的資源元素。具體而言，用於上行鏈路的資源（例如，子通道或資源元素）在頻率上可以與用於下行鏈路傳輸的資源（例如，子通道或資源元素）更靠近（或重疊），其中無線設備具有相對更好的無線電頻率過濾，同時可能需要在頻率上進一步分隔，以用於相對較差或效率較低的無線電頻率過濾。In some instances, parallel communications 210-a and 210-b are a combination of uplink and downlink during a specific time period on a single link (eg, link 205-a), as used herein. Can be called full duplex on a single link. For example, a STA 115-a with full-duplex capability may transmit uplink and receive downlink simultaneously on a single link (eg, link 205-a). In some cases, when a single link is using full duplex, it may appear to be operating as two links due to simultaneous uplink and downlink transmissions. Full duplex on a single link may include, for example, each duplex link utilizing the full operating bandwidth or on a different subchannel, or on a different subchannel, depending on the radio frequency filtering capabilities of one or more wireless devices. Use different resource elements within the width. Specifically, resources (e.g., subchannels or resource elements) used for uplink may be closer in frequency to (or overlap with) resources (e.g., subchannels or resource elements) used for downlink transmission, where Wireless devices with relatively better radio frequency filtering may require further separation in frequency for relatively poor or less efficient radio frequency filtering.

在一些情況下，並行通訊可以是同步的。例如，AP 105-a可以協調目標等待時間，以同步全雙工通訊的上行鏈路和下行鏈路傳輸。並行通訊的此種同步可以是跨越鏈路的，以及可以包括在不同鏈路上的通訊的偏移，或者該等通訊可以重疊。例如，通訊210-a和210-b可以在時間上重疊。在通訊210-a可以是下行鏈路資料傳輸以及通訊210-b可以是對通訊210-a的回應（例如，確認）的情況下，重疊的通訊可以提供即時回饋方案。在一些情況下，較小的鏈路（其亦可以稱為窄鏈路）可以用於回饋，以提供可靠的傳輸和擴展的傳輸範圍。In some cases, parallel communications can be synchronous. For example, AP 105-a may coordinate target latency to synchronize uplink and downlink transmissions for full-duplex communications. Such synchronization of parallel communications may be across links and may include offsets of communications on different links, or such communications may overlap. For example, communications 210-a and 210-b may overlap in time. Overlapping communications can provide an immediate feedback solution, where communication 210-a can be a downlink data transmission and communication 210-b can be a response (eg, acknowledgment) to communication 210-a. In some cases, smaller links (which may also be called narrow links) can be used for feedback to provide reliable transmission and extended transmission range.

根據各種實例，若AP 105-a贏得對鏈路205-a和鏈路205-b的存取，則AP 105-a可以在鏈路205-a上向STA 115-a發送下行鏈路通訊，同時亦在鏈路205-b上發送觸發訊框或反向准許，其允許STA 115-a在鏈路115-a上發送上行鏈路（例如，資料及/或回饋）。AP 105-a可以基於鏈路205-b上來自STA 115-a的回饋來適配在鏈路205-a上的傳輸參數。在一些全雙工情況下，鏈路205-b可以同時提供針對在鏈路205-a上發送的資料的鏈路205-a（例如，確認或調變編碼方案（MCS）及/或空間串流（Nss）選擇等等）的回饋（例如，即時回饋）。因此，鏈路205-a傳輸參數（例如，MCS及/或Nss選擇）可以基於從鏈路205-b接收的即時回饋來快速地適配。在一些實例中，鏈路205-b可以具有比鏈路205-a更小的頻寬，以及可以用於即時回饋。另外地或替代地，AP 105-a可以使用多鏈路通信期來與多個STA進行通訊。例如，若AP 105-a贏得對第一鏈路（例如，在5 GHz頻帶中）和第二鏈路（例如，在6 GHz頻帶中）的存取，則AP 105-a可以在第一鏈路上向第一站發送下行鏈路，以及在第二鏈路上向第二站發送下行鏈路。在另一實例中，若AP 105-a贏得對第一鏈路（例如，在5 GHz頻帶中）和第二鏈路（例如，在6 GHz頻帶中）的存取，則AP 105-a可以在第一鏈路上向第一站發送觸發訊框或反向准許，以及在第二鏈路上向第二站發送觸發訊框或反向准許。在另一實例中，若AP 105-a贏得對第一鏈路（例如，在5 GHz頻帶中）和第二鏈路（例如，在6 GHz頻帶中）的存取，則AP 105-a可以在第一鏈路上向第一站發送觸發訊框或反向准許，以及在第二鏈路上向第二站發送下行鏈路。在上文的實例中的一或多個實例中，觸發訊框或反向准許可以與來自AP 105-a的下行鏈路進行聚合。According to various examples, if AP 105-a wins access to link 205-a and link 205-b, AP 105-a may send downlink communications to STA 115-a on link 205-a, A trigger frame or reverse grant is also sent on link 205-b, which allows STA 115-a to send uplink (eg, data and/or feedback) on link 115-a. AP 105-a may adapt transmission parameters on link 205-a based on feedback from STA 115-a on link 205-b. In some full-duplex situations, link 205-b may simultaneously provide link 205-a for data sent on link 205-a (e.g., acknowledgment or modulation coding schemes (MCS) and/or spatial strings). Stream (Nss) selection, etc.) feedback (e.g., instant feedback). Therefore, link 205-a transmission parameters (eg, MCS and/or Nss selection) can be quickly adapted based on immediate feedback received from link 205-b. In some examples, link 205-b may have a smaller bandwidth than link 205-a and may be used for instant feedback. Additionally or alternatively, AP 105-a may communicate with multiple STAs using multi-link communication periods. For example, if AP 105-a wins access to a first link (eg, in the 5 GHz band) and a second link (eg, in the 6 GHz band), AP 105-a may A downlink is sent on the road to the first station, and a downlink is sent on the second link to the second station. In another example, if AP 105-a wins access to a first link (eg, in the 5 GHz band) and a second link (eg, in the 6 GHz band), AP 105-a may A trigger frame or reverse grant is sent to the first station on the first link, and a trigger frame or reverse grant is sent to the second station on the second link. In another example, if AP 105-a wins access to a first link (eg, in the 5 GHz band) and a second link (eg, in the 6 GHz band), AP 105-a may A trigger frame or reverse grant is sent to the first station on the first link, and a downlink is sent to the second station on the second link. In one or more of the examples above, a trigger frame or reverse grant may be aggregated with the downlink from AP 105-a.

圖3根據本案內容的各態樣圖示支援基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的流程300。流程300可以實現WLAN 100的各態樣。例如，流程300包括無線設備305-a和無線設備305-b，其中的各無線設備可以是如參考WLAN 100描述的STA 115或AP 105的實例。FIG. 3 illustrates a process 300 for supporting a packet-based link aggregation architecture according to various aspects of the present application. The process 300 can implement various aspects of the WLAN 100. For example, process 300 includes wireless device 305 -a and wireless device 305 -b, each of which may be an instance of STA 115 or AP 105 as described with reference to WLAN 100 .

在310處，無線設備305-a可以辨識其當前的聚合能力。例如，在一些情況下，聚合能力可以是（例如，基於功率位準、通訊負載、干擾度量、位置等）動態地或半靜態地決定的。或者，在一些情況下，聚合能力可以是預先配置的，在此種情況下，仍可以說無線設備305-a辨識其當前的聚合能力。聚合能力資訊的實例包括在其上支援聚合的一或多個RF頻譜頻帶、支援的聚合鏈路的最大數量、聚合類型（例如，基於封包或基於流）、無線設備305-a願意對通訊進行聚合的持續時間等等。At 310, wireless device 305-a can identify its current aggregate capabilities. For example, in some cases, aggregation capabilities may be determined dynamically or semi-statically (eg, based on power levels, traffic loads, interference metrics, location, etc.). Alternatively, in some cases, the aggregation capabilities may be preconfigured, in which case wireless device 305-a can still be said to recognize its current aggregation capabilities. Examples of aggregation capability information include one or more RF spectrum bands over which aggregation is supported, the maximum number of aggregation links supported, the type of aggregation (e.g., packet-based or flow-based), the wireless device 305-a is willing to communicate The duration of the aggregation and so on.

在315處，無線設備305-a可以可選地向一或多個相鄰無線設備305-b發送聚合能力請求。例如，無線設備305-a可以是查詢附近的AP 105（例如，或其他STA 115）的聚合能力的STA 115。或者，無線設備305-a可以是查詢STA 115的聚合能力的AP 105。聚合能力請求的實例可以包括探測請求、關聯請求、專用動作訊框、在訊框中的控制欄位（例如，高效率（HE）控制欄位）等等。在一些情況下，聚合能力請求可以包括無線設備305-a想要參與聚合通訊（例如，在多鏈路通信期中）的持續時間。亦即，在一些情況下，無線設備305-a可以在針對無線設備305-b的聚合能力資訊的請求中包括其自身的聚合能力資訊。At 315, wireless device 305-a may optionally send an aggregate capability request to one or more neighboring wireless devices 305-b. For example, wireless device 305-a may be a STA 115 querying nearby APs 105 (eg, or other STAs 115) for aggregate capabilities. Alternatively, wireless device 305-a may be AP 105 querying STA 115 for aggregated capabilities. Examples of aggregate capability requests may include probe requests, correlation requests, dedicated action frames, control fields in frames (eg, high efficiency (HE) control fields), and so on. In some cases, the aggregate capabilities request may include a duration for which wireless device 305-a wishes to participate in aggregate communications (eg, during a multi-link communication period). That is, in some cases, wireless device 305-a may include its own aggregate capabilities information in a request for wireless device 305-b's aggregate capability information.

在320處，無線設備305-b可以發送其自身的聚合能力資訊。在一些情況下，該傳輸可以是回應於接收到在315處的聚合能力請求的。此種傳輸的實例包括探測回應、關聯回應、專用動作訊框、HE控制欄位等等。或者，無線設備305-b在一些情況下可以獨立於接收聚合能力請求來發送其聚合能力（例如，無線設備305-b可以通告其聚合能力）。例如，無線設備305-b可以辨識其自身的聚合能力（例如，類似於參考無線設備305-a論述的310），以及可以廣播該資訊（例如，經由信標、FD訊框或廣播探測回應訊框）。聚合能力資訊的實例包括聚合類型（例如，基於封包的）、鏈路標識資訊（例如，TA、RA、TID等）、接收佇列大小、BA位元映像大小、對分段支援的指示，或該等的組合（例如，>TA、RA、TID>元組（tuple），>TA、RA>元組等等）。在一些情況下，聚合能力資訊可以指示無線設備305-b願意對通訊進行聚合的持續時間。At 320, wireless device 305-b can send its own aggregate capability information. In some cases, the transmission may be in response to receipt of an aggregate capabilities request at 315. Examples of such transmissions include probe responses, correlation responses, dedicated action frames, HE control fields, etc. Alternatively, wireless device 305-b may, in some cases, send its aggregate capabilities independently of receiving an aggregate capabilities request (eg, wireless device 305-b may advertise its aggregate capabilities). For example, wireless device 305-b may identify its own aggregate capabilities (e.g., similar to 310 discussed with reference to wireless device 305-a), and may broadcast this information (e.g., via a beacon, FD frame, or broadcast probe response message frame). Examples of aggregation capability information include aggregation type (e.g., packet-based), link identification information (e.g., TA, RA, TID, etc.), receive queue size, BA bitmap size, indication of fragmentation support, or A combination of such (e.g. >TA, RA, TID > tuple, >TA, RA > tuple, etc.). In some cases, the aggregation capability information may indicate the duration for which wireless device 305-b is willing to aggregate communications.

在325處，無線設備305-a和無線設備305-b可以建立多鏈路通信期。在一些情況下，多鏈路通信期的第一無線鏈路可以在具有第一路徑損耗值的第一RF頻譜頻帶（例如，2.4 GHz頻譜頻帶）中，以及多鏈路通信期的第二無線鏈路可以在具有大於第一路徑損耗值的第二路徑損耗值（例如，5 GHz頻譜頻帶、6 GHz頻譜頻帶或60 GHz頻譜頻帶）的第二RF頻譜頻帶中。或者，第一無線鏈路和第二無線鏈路在一些情況下可以位於相同的RF頻帶中。在一些實例中，多鏈路通信期中的至少一個鏈路可以包括在共享RF頻譜頻帶中的通道。在多鏈路通訊期，第一組封包可以是經由第一無線鏈路發送的，以及第二組封包可以是經由第二無線鏈路發送的。例如，第一組封包和第二組封包（例如或者其某個子集）可以是與相同的TID相關聯的（例如，在基於封包的聚合的情況下）。另外地或替代地，第一組封包可以是與第一TID相關聯的，以及第二組封包可以是與第二TID相關聯的（例如，在基於流的聚合的情況下）。At 325, wireless device 305-a and wireless device 305-b may establish a multi-link communication period. In some cases, the first wireless link of the multi-link communication period may be in a first RF spectrum band (eg, the 2.4 GHz spectrum band) having a first path loss value, and the second wireless link of the multi-link communication period may be in a first RF spectrum band having a first path loss value. The link may be in a second RF spectrum band having a second path loss value greater than the first path loss value (eg, a 5 GHz spectrum band, a 6 GHz spectrum band, or a 60 GHz spectrum band). Alternatively, the first wireless link and the second wireless link may be located in the same RF band in some cases. In some examples, at least one link in a multi-link communication session may include channels in a shared RF spectrum band. During a multi-link communication period, a first set of packets may be sent via a first wireless link, and a second set of packets may be sent via a second wireless link. For example, a first set of packets and a second set of packets (eg, or some subset thereof) may be associated with the same TID (eg, in the case of packet-based aggregation). Additionally or alternatively, a first set of packets may be associated with a first TID, and a second set of packets may be associated with a second TID (eg, in the case of flow-based aggregation).

在一些實例中，多鏈路通信期的第一無線鏈路可以是第一大小（例如，320 MHz鏈路或80 MHz鏈路），以及多鏈路通信期的第二無線鏈路可以是第二大小（例如，20 MHz鏈路、80 MHz鏈路或40 MHz鏈路）。因此，第一無線鏈路和第二無線鏈路可以是相同的大小，或可以是不同的大小。若第一無線鏈路和第二無線鏈路是不同的大小（例如，320 MHz第一鏈路和20 MHz第二鏈路），則較小的鏈路（例如，20 MHz鏈路）可以用於管理訊框（例如，信標、FD訊框、廣播探針回應訊框），作為錨點（例如，以發送控制資訊）、用於回饋（例如，諸如確認或調變編碼方案（MCS）及/或空間串流（Nss）選擇的即時回饋）、作為短訊框，或者作為控制回應訊框（例如，確認）。較小的鏈路可以比較大的鏈路更可靠，以及具有更大的範圍，但較大的鏈路可能能夠比較小的鏈路具有更大的輸送量。在一些情況下，在將操作擴展到其他鏈路（例如，較大的鏈路）之前，STA可以在發現和關聯期間使用較小的鏈路。另外，各鏈路的大小可以是靈活的或動態的（例如，基於可用頻寬、相鄰訊務）。在鏈路大小中的改變可以是在無線設備305-a與無線設備305-b之間顯式地發信號通知的。在一些情況下，此兩個鏈路可以使用全雙工進行操作。In some examples, the first wireless link of the multi-link communication period may be of a first size (eg, a 320 MHz link or an 80 MHz link), and the second wireless link of the multi-link communication period may be of a first size. Two sizes (for example, 20 MHz link, 80 MHz link, or 40 MHz link). Therefore, the first wireless link and the second wireless link may be the same size, or may be different sizes. If the first wireless link and the second wireless link are different sizes (e.g., 320 MHz first link and 20 MHz second link), then the smaller link (e.g., 20 MHz link) can be used In management frames (e.g., beacons, FD frames, broadcast probe response frames), as anchors (e.g., to send control information), for feedback (e.g., such as acknowledgments or Modulation Coding Schemes (MCS)) and/or spatial streaming (NSS) selected instant feedback), as a text message frame, or as a control response frame (e.g., confirmation). Smaller links may be more reliable and have greater range than larger links, but larger links may be capable of greater throughput than smaller links. In some cases, STAs may use smaller links during discovery and association before extending operations to other links (eg, larger links). In addition, the size of each link can be flexible or dynamic (eg, based on available bandwidth, adjacent traffic). Changes in link size may be explicitly signaled between wireless device 305-a and wireless device 305-b. In some cases, these two links can operate using full duplex.

由於在不同於無線設備305-a和無線設備305-b的其他設備之間的通訊在較寬的鏈路中的至少一部分上的較高的可能性，因此與較小的鏈路（例如，20 MHz鏈路）相比，在較寬的鏈路（例如，320 MHz鏈路）中更可能發生干擾。相應地，可以對較寬的鏈路進行打孔，導致不相交或不連續的資源分段。無線鏈路可以橫跨一或多個不連續的或不相交的頻率分段（例如，在320MHz鏈路中，兩個分段可以經由20 MHz的未使用頻寬分隔開）。另外地或替代地，320 MHz鏈路可以是多個頻譜頻帶的連續但重疊的各部分（例如，覆蓋較低的6 GHz頻帶和較高的5 GHz頻帶的各部分）。在特定的頻譜頻帶中，多鏈路通信期可以對跨越連續資源、不連續資源或兩者通訊進行聚合。在一些情況下，在較寬的頻寬中的不同資源元素分段可以充當在無線設備305-a與無線設備305-b（例如，其可以是同級設備）之間的單獨的鏈路。Due to the higher likelihood of communication between devices other than wireless device 305-a and wireless device 305-b over at least a portion of the wider link, a smaller link (e.g., Interference is more likely to occur in wider links (e.g., 320 MHz links) than in 20 MHz links. Accordingly, wider links can be punctured, resulting in disjoint or discontinuous resource fragmentation. A wireless link may span one or more discrete or disjoint frequency segments (for example, in a 320 MHz link, the two segments may be separated by 20 MHz of unused bandwidth). Additionally or alternatively, the 320 MHz link may be contiguous but overlapping portions of multiple spectrum bands (eg, covering portions of the lower 6 GHz band and the upper 5 GHz band). Within a specific spectrum band, multi-link communication periods can aggregate communications across contiguous resources, discontinuous resources, or both. In some cases, different resource element segments in a wider bandwidth may serve as separate links between wireless device 305-a and wireless device 305-b (eg, which may be peers).

在一些情況下，無線設備305-a（例如，或無線設備305-b）可以辨識用於要發送的一組封包的傳輸類型，其中該傳輸類型包括廣播、多播或單播中的一者，以及基於傳輸類型來決定用於封包的無線鏈路。類似地，無線設備305-a可以將資料訊框分配給第一無線鏈路，以及將管理（例如，控制）訊框分配給第二無線鏈路。亦即，無線設備305-a（例如，或無線設備305-b）可以辨識用於要發送的一組封包的框架類型，其中該框架類型包括資料、控制或管理，以及根據所辨識的框架類型來在給定的無線鏈路上發送該組封包。舉例而言，可以在由全部接收設備皆可關閉的鏈路（例如，2.4 GHz和900 MHz鏈路）上聚合廣播流、多播流及/或控制訊框。在一些情況下，無線設備305可以選擇在相同的控制器下的範圍中的一組可聚合的無線設備（例如，AP 105），如參考圖9A和9B進一步描述的。In some cases, wireless device 305-a (eg, or wireless device 305-b) may identify a transmission type for a set of packets to send, where the transmission type includes one of broadcast, multicast, or unicast , and determine the wireless link used for packets based on the transmission type. Similarly, wireless device 305-a may allocate data frames to a first wireless link and management (eg, control) frames to a second wireless link. That is, wireless device 305-a (eg, or wireless device 305-b) may identify a frame type for a set of packets to be sent, where the frame type includes data, control, or management, and based on the identified frame type to send the set of packets on a given wireless link. For example, broadcast streams, multicast streams, and/or control frames can be aggregated on links that can be turned off by all receiving devices (eg, 2.4 GHz and 900 MHz links). In some cases, wireless device 305 may select a group of aggregable wireless devices (eg, AP 105) that are in range under the same controller, as further described with reference to Figures 9A and 9B.

圖4根據本案內容的各態樣圖示支援基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的示例層配置400。層配置400可以應用於STA 115或AP 105，以及可以用於發送無線設備或接收無線設備。要理解的是，層配置400的各態樣可以表示邏輯構造（例如，以使層配置400的元件可以共享硬體元件）。無線設備可以經由使用在本文中描述的各種硬體設定來支援層配置400。FIG. 4 illustrates an example layer configuration 400 supporting a packet-based link aggregation architecture in accordance with aspects of the subject matter. Layer configuration 400 may apply to STA 115 or AP 105, and may be used for transmitting wireless devices or receiving wireless devices. It is understood that aspects of layer configuration 400 may represent logical constructs (eg, such that elements of layer configuration 400 may share hardware elements). Wireless devices may support layer configuration 400 through the use of various hardware settings described herein.

如圖示的，層配置400可以包括上層405、MAC層410和一或多個PHY層435（例如，其中各PHY層435在一些情況下可以是與相應的鏈路或通道相關聯的）。MAC層410可以被進一步劃分為上MAC層415和下MAC層425-a、下MAC層425-b和下MAC層425-c。儘管圖示三個下MAC層425，但是要理解的是，上MAC層415可以控制（例如，經由多鏈路聚合控制器420）任何合適數量的下MAC層425。在給定的下MAC（例如，下MAC層425-a）與上MAC層415之間的訊號傳遞可以經由連接445來攜帶。類似地，在下MAC層425-a與PHY層435-a之間的訊號傳遞可以經由連接450來攜帶，以及在下MAC層425-a與下MAC層425-b之間的訊號傳遞可以經由連接440來攜帶。如在本文中描述的，用於下MAC 425-a、下MAC層425-b和下MAC層425-c的訊號傳遞可以是基於與相應的控制器430-a、控制器430-b和控制器430-c相關聯的邏輯的。As illustrated, layer configuration 400 may include an upper layer 405, a MAC layer 410, and one or more PHY layers 435 (eg, where each PHY layer 435 may be associated with a corresponding link or channel in some cases). The MAC layer 410 may be further divided into an upper MAC layer 415 and a lower MAC layer 425-a, a lower MAC layer 425-b, and a lower MAC layer 425-c. Although three lower MAC layers 425 are illustrated, it is understood that the upper MAC layer 415 may control (eg, via multi-link aggregation controller 420) any suitable number of lower MAC layers 425. Signaling between a given lower MAC (eg, lower MAC layer 425-a) and upper MAC layer 415 may be carried via connection 445. Similarly, signaling between lower MAC layer 425-a and PHY layer 435-a may be carried via connection 450, and signaling between lower MAC layer 425-a and lower MAC layer 425-b may be carried via connection 440. Come and carry. As described herein, signaling for lower MAC 425-a, lower MAC layer 425-b, and lower MAC layer 425-c may be based on corresponding controller 430-a, controller 430-b, and control The logic associated with the device 430-c.

參考圖2，下MAC層425-a可以是例如與鏈路205-a相關聯的（例如，經由PHY層435-a），以及下MAC層425-b可以是例如與鏈路205-b相關聯的（例如，經由PHY層435-b）。亦即，各鏈路205可以具有執行特定於鏈路的特徵（例如，通道存取、UL觸發的傳輸程序、多輸入多輸出（MIMO）訊號傳遞等）的關聯的下MAC層425。例如，下MAC層425-a和下MAC層425-b可以在相應的鏈路205-a和205-b上獨立地執行增強型分散式通道存取（EDCA）倒計時。另外地或替代地，下MAC層425可以執行RTS/CTS程序，執行閒置通道評估（CCA）程序，應用調變和編碼方案（MCS），控制實體群組資料單元（PPDU）持續時間，發送探測參考信號等等。Referring to Figure 2, lower MAC layer 425-a may be, for example, associated with link 205-a (eg, via PHY layer 435-a), and lower MAC layer 425-b may be, for example, associated with link 205-b connected (e.g., via PHY layer 435-b). That is, each link 205 may have an associated lower MAC layer 425 that performs link-specific features (eg, channel access, UL triggered transmission procedures, multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) signaling, etc.). For example, lower MAC layer 425-a and lower MAC layer 425-b may independently perform enhanced distributed channel access (EDCA) countdowns on respective links 205-a and 205-b. Additionally or alternatively, lower MAC layer 425 may perform RTS/CTS procedures, perform idle channel assessment (CCA) procedures, apply modulation and coding schemes (MCS), control physical group data unit (PPDU) duration, send probes Reference signals, etc.

上MAC層415可以提供去往上層405的單鏈路介面。例如，上MAC層415可以執行管理和安全相關的操作。此種設計可以允許在主頻帶上來自AP 105的單個信標控制多頻帶STA 115。另外地或替代地，單個上MAC層415可以允許單個關聯程序發起多鏈路通信期。例如，關聯程序可以是使用單個鏈路來執行的，但是為針對多個鏈路的能力資訊做準備，該多個鏈路可以包括正在用於關聯程序的鏈路。在一些情況下，上MAC層415可以提供允許動態頻寬控制（例如，擴展）的訊號傳遞（例如，OMI訊號傳遞）。上MAC層415可以另外地或替代地提供單個BA空間（例如，單個BA記分牌和序列空間），以使MPDU可以是在每PPDU的基礎上針對各鏈路來動態地排程的（例如，以使給定的MPDU可以是在與在其上原始地發送該MPDU的鏈路不同的鏈路上重新發送的）。Upper MAC layer 415 may provide a single link interface to upper layer 405. For example, upper MAC layer 415 may perform management and security-related operations. Such a design may allow a single beacon from AP 105 on the primary band to control multi-band STAs 115. Additionally or alternatively, a single upper MAC layer 415 may allow a single associated procedure to initiate a multi-link communication session. For example, the association procedure may be performed using a single link, but provision for capability information for multiple links may include the link being used for the association procedure. In some cases, upper MAC layer 415 may provide signaling (eg, OMI signaling) that allows dynamic bandwidth control (eg, scaling). Upper MAC layer 415 may additionally or alternatively provide a single BA space (e.g., a single BA scoreboard and sequence space) such that MPDUs may be dynamically scheduled for each link on a per PPDU basis (e.g., a single BA scoreboard and sequence space) , so that a given MPDU may be resent on a different link than the link on which it was originally sent).

圖5根據本案內容的各個態樣圖示支援基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的通訊方案500的實例。在一些實例中，通訊方案500可以實現WLAN 100的各態樣。例如，可以在發送無線設備545-a（例如，STA 115或AP 105）與接收無線設備545-b（例如，STA 115或AP 105）之間實現通訊方案500。儘管在單個發送設備和單個接收設備的上下文中進行了描述，但要理解的是，下文的各態樣可以擴展到與非並置的AP 105的通訊。通訊方案500圖示基於封包的聚合架構的每鏈路發送佇列的各態樣。FIG. 5 illustrates an example of a communication solution 500 that supports a packet-based link aggregation architecture according to various aspects of the present application. In some examples, the communication solution 500 can implement various aspects of the WLAN 100 . For example, communication scheme 500 may be implemented between a transmitting wireless device 545-a (eg, STA 115 or AP 105) and a receiving wireless device 545-b (eg, STA 115 or AP 105). Although described in the context of a single transmitting device and a single receiving device, it is understood that the aspects below can be extended to communications with non-collocated APs 105. Communication scheme 500 illustrates various aspects of per-link send queues for a packet-based aggregation architecture.

上MAC 510（例如，其可以是參考圖4描述的上MAC 415的實例）可以接收應用資料505作為輸入。上MAC 510可以將MSDU分配給發送佇列515-a和發送佇列515-b。在一些情況下，所分配的MSDU的大小可以是動態地決定的（例如，與給定鏈路525的輸送量成比例）。另外地或替代地，分配給給定鏈路525的MSDU的數量可以取決於在該鏈路525上的通訊品質（例如，以使在一些情況下，更少及/或較小的MSDU可以被分配給遭受惡化的通訊品質的鏈路525）。在一些情況下，上MAC 510的操作可以由網路控制器執行，以及各發送佇列515可以是與相應的AP 105相關聯的（例如，如參考圖9A和9B描述的）。Upper MAC 510 (eg, which may be an example of upper MAC 415 described with reference to Figure 4) may receive application data 505 as input. Upper MAC 510 may assign the MSDU to transmit queue 515-a and transmit queue 515-b. In some cases, the size of the allocated MSDU may be determined dynamically (eg, proportional to the throughput of a given link 525). Additionally or alternatively, the number of MSDUs allocated to a given link 525 may depend on the quality of communications on that link 525 (e.g., so that in some cases, fewer and/or smaller MSDUs may be Assigned to links suffering from degraded communication quality 525). In some cases, operations on the MAC 510 may be performed by a network controller, and each transmit queue 515 may be associated with a corresponding AP 105 (eg, as described with reference to Figures 9A and 9B).

各發送佇列515可以是與相應的下發送（Tx）MAC 520相關聯的（例如，其可以是參考圖4描述的下MAC 425的實例或者實現其各態樣）。在一些情況下，下Tx MAC 520-a和下Tx MAC 520-b可以直接地經由連接540（例如，其可以是參考圖4描述的連接440的實例）來傳送控制訊號傳遞。例如，此種控制訊號傳遞可以使能對跨越鏈路525-a和鏈路525-b的傳輸的協調（例如，其可以用以減少鄰近通道干擾或者以其他方式使通訊受益）。各下Tx MAC 520可以從所分配的MSDU中形成MPDU，以及在相應的鏈路525上（例如，使用CSMA）進行發送。Each transmit queue 515 may be associated with a corresponding down transmit (Tx) MAC 520 (eg, which may be an instance of down MAC 425 described with reference to FIG. 4 or implement aspects thereof). In some cases, lower Tx MAC 520-a and lower Tx MAC 520-b may transmit control signaling directly via connection 540 (eg, which may be an example of connection 440 described with reference to FIG. 4). For example, such control signaling may enable coordination of transmissions across link 525-a and link 525-b (eg, which may be used to reduce adjacent channel interference or otherwise benefit communications). Each lower Tx MAC 520 may form an MPDU from the allocated MSDU and send it on the corresponding link 525 (eg, using CSMA).

接收設備可以包括下接收（Rx）MAC 530-a和下Rx MAC 530-b，其中的每一者亦可以是參考圖4描述的下MAC 425的實例。下Rx MAC 530-a和下Rx MAC 530-b中的每一者可以將經解碼的MPDU轉發給共用接收佇列535。在一些情況下，可以在到達共用接收佇列535時，對MPDU進行重新排序。BA可以是在各接收的PPDU之後，基於在共用接收佇列535中的結果來在每鏈路525上發送的。各發送佇列515可以基於在相應的鏈路525上接收的BA，來從該佇列中移除任何成功地接收的MSDU。The receiving device may include a lower receive (Rx) MAC 530-a and a lower Rx MAC 530-b, each of which may also be an example of lower MAC 425 described with reference to FIG. 4 . Each of lower Rx MAC 530-a and lower Rx MAC 530-b may forward the decoded MPDU to common receive queue 535. In some cases, MPDUs may be reordered upon reaching the common receive queue 535. The BA may be sent on each link 525 after each received PPDU based on results in the common receive queue 535 . Each transmit queue 515 may remove any successfully received MSDUs from the queue based on the BA received on the corresponding link 525.

圖6根據本案內容各個態樣圖示支援基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的通訊方案600的實例。在一些實例中，通訊方案600可以實現WLAN 100的各態樣。例如，可以在發送無線設備655-a（例如，STA 115或AP 105）和接收無線設備655-b（例如，STA 115或AP 105）之間實現通訊方案600。儘管在單個發送設備和單個接收設備的上下文中進行了描述，但要理解的是，下文的各態樣可以擴展到與非並置的AP 105（不是並置的的AP 105）的通訊。通訊方案600圖示基於封包的聚合架構的共用發送佇列的各態樣。FIG. 6 illustrates an example of a communication solution 600 that supports a packet-based link aggregation architecture according to various aspects of the present application. In some examples, the communication solution 600 can implement various aspects of the WLAN 100 . For example, communication scheme 600 may be implemented between a transmitting wireless device 655-a (eg, STA 115 or AP 105) and a receiving wireless device 655-b (eg, STA 115 or AP 105). Although described in the context of a single transmitting device and a single receiving device, it is understood that the aspects below may be extended to communications with non-collocated APs 105 (APs 105 that are not collocated). Communication scheme 600 illustrates various aspects of a shared send queue for a packet-based aggregation architecture.

在經由通訊方案600圖示的實例中，上MAC 610（例如，其可以是參考圖4描述的上MAC 415的實例）可以接收應用資料605作為輸入（例如，以MSDU的形式）。上MAC 610在一些情況下可以在615處，將共用SN附加到MSDU，以及可以將該等MSDU分配給共用發送佇列620。在一些情況下，可以在將該等MSDU從共用發送佇列620中分配（例如，動態地）給下Tx MAC 630-a或下Tx MAC 630-b中的一者（例如，其可以各自是參考圖4描述的下MAC 425的實例或者實現其態樣）之前，在625處對該等MSDU進行加密。在一些實例中，發送設備可以包含多個共用發送佇列620，其中的各共用發送佇列620是與給定的存取類別相關聯的。或者，全部存取類別可以共享單個共用發送佇列620。In the example illustrated via communication scheme 600, upper MAC 610 (eg, which may be an example of upper MAC 415 described with reference to FIG. 4) may receive application data 605 as input (eg, in the form of MSDUs). The upper MAC 610 may, in some cases, append the shared SN to the MSDUs at 615 and may assign the MSDUs to the shared transmit queue 620. In some cases, the MSDUs may be allocated (eg, dynamically) from the common transmit queue 620 to one of the lower Tx MAC 630-a or the lower Tx MAC 630-b (eg, which may each be The MSDUs are encrypted at 625 prior to the implementation of the MAC 425 example (or aspects thereof) described with reference to FIG. 4 . In some examples, a sending device may contain multiple common sending queues 620, where each common sending queue 620 is associated with a given access class. Alternatively, all access classes may share a single common send queue 620.

在通訊方案600的各態樣中，在615處分配了共用SN之後，與一或多個訊務流相關聯的封包（多鏈路通信期的各TID的封包）可以被分配給共用發送佇列620（亦即，跨越全部鏈路635共用的發送佇列）。此種架構可以支援依須求MSDU分配，其中當鏈路準備好發送時，MSDU被分配給給定鏈路635。例如，當鏈路635-a閒置以用於傳輸時（例如，如經由由下Tx MAC 630-a執行的CCA程序決定的），下Tx MAC 630-a可以從共用發送佇列620接收足夠的(A)MSDU以形成聚合的MPDU（AMPDU）。In various aspects of communication scheme 600, after the common SN is assigned at 615, packets associated with one or more traffic flows (packets for each TID of the multi-link communication period) can be assigned to the common sender. Queue 620 (i.e., a send queue common across all links 635). Such an architecture can support on-demand MSDU allocation, where MSDUs are allocated to a given link 635 when the link is ready for transmission. For example, when link 635-a is idle for transmission (e.g., as determined via a CCA procedure performed by lower Tx MAC 630-a), lower Tx MAC 630-a may receive sufficient (A) MSDU to form aggregated MPDU (AMPDU).

在一些情況下，下Tx MAC 630-a和下Tx MAC 630-b可以傳送控制訊號傳遞。例如，此種控制訊號傳遞可以使能對跨越鏈路635-a和鏈路635-b的傳輸的協調（例如，此可以用以減少鄰近通道干擾或者以其他方式使通訊受益）。各下Tx MAC 630可以從所分配的MSDU中形成AMPDU，以及在相應的鏈路635上（例如，使用CSMA）發送AMPDU。In some cases, lower Tx MAC 630-a and lower Tx MAC 630-b may transmit control signaling. For example, such control signaling may enable coordination of transmissions across link 635-a and link 635-b (eg, this may be used to reduce adjacent channel interference or otherwise benefit communications). Each lower Tx MAC 630 may form an AMPDU from the allocated MSDU and send the AMPDU on the corresponding link 635 (eg, using CSMA).

接收設備可以包括下Rx MAC 640-a和下Rx MAC 640-b，其中的每一者亦可以是參考圖4描述的下MAC 425的實例。下Rx MAC 640-a和下Rx MAC 640-b中的每一者可以將經解碼的MPDU轉發給共用接收佇列650。在一些情況下，可以在到達共用接收佇列650時，對MPDU進行重新排序。BA可以是在各接收的PPDU之後，基於在共用接收佇列650中的結果來在每鏈路635上發送的。另外地或替代地，單個BA可以是經由專用鏈路（例如，經由錨定鏈路）來針對兩個鏈路635發送回的。在接收到BA之後，共用發送佇列620可以從傳輸緩衝器中移除所確認的MSDU。可以（例如，在相同的鏈路635或另一鏈路635上）重傳任何失敗的(A)MSDU，其中在一些情況下，此種重傳可以是立即的。The receiving device may include lower Rx MAC 640-a and lower Rx MAC 640-b, each of which may also be an example of lower MAC 425 described with reference to FIG. 4 . Each of lower Rx MAC 640-a and lower Rx MAC 640-b may forward the decoded MPDU to common receive queue 650. In some cases, MPDUs may be reordered upon reaching the common receive queue 650. The BA may be sent on each link 635 after each received PPDU based on results in the common receive queue 650. Additionally or alternatively, a single BA may be sent back via a dedicated link (eg, via an anchor link) for both links 635 . After receiving the BA, common transmit queue 620 may remove the acknowledged MSDU from the transmit buffer. Any failed (A)MSDU may be retransmitted (eg, on the same link 635 or another link 635), where in some cases such retransmission may be immediate.

由於對給定鏈路635的預先分配，通訊方案600可以避免MSDU卡在發送佇列中。例如，若一組MSDU被預先分配給鏈路635-a，以及鏈路635-a突然遭受高封包錯誤率（PER），則可能在共用接收佇列650中建立間隙，此可能延遲對在間隙之後接收的封包的傳遞（例如，因為可能不得不重新發送損壞的封包）。Due to the pre-allocation of a given link 635, the communication scheme 600 can avoid MSDUs getting stuck in the transmission queue. For example, if a set of MSDUs is pre-allocated to link 635-a, and link 635-a suddenly suffers from a high packet error rate (PER), a gap may be established in the common receive queue 650, which may delay the response to the gap. Delivery of subsequently received packets (for example, because corrupted packets may have to be resent).

在一些情況下，多鏈路聚合可以額外地提高傳輸可靠性。為此，可以採用各種方案（例如，或者其組合）。例如，由於沒有對廣播通訊進行確認，因此在一些情況下可以跨越多個鏈路635來複製廣播通訊。另外地或替代地，可以在多個鏈路635上複製單播訊務。例如，可以在鏈路635-a（例如，其可以是2.4 GHz的鏈路）和鏈路635-b（例如，其可以是5 GHz的鏈路）上發送相同的MPDU。因為BA是在發送設備的上MAC 610處處理的，所以若MPDU是經由鏈路635中的任何一個鏈路來傳遞的，則可以認為成功地發送MPDU。此種傳輸方案可以利用各RF頻帶是與不同的頻帶和無線電特性相關聯的事實。例如，較高的RF頻帶通常具有較短的傳輸範圍（例如，經歷較大程度的頻率相關的衰落）。另外地或替代地，各接收設備可能針對各聚合的鏈路經歷不同的鏈路狀況（例如，由於通訊障礙、接收設備在通訊期間的移動等等）。可以利用該等改變的通訊狀況來提高傳輸可靠性。In some cases, multi-link aggregation can additionally improve transmission reliability. To this end, various schemes (eg, or combinations thereof) may be employed. For example, since broadcast communications are not acknowledged, broadcast communications may be replicated across multiple links 635 in some cases. Additionally or alternatively, unicast traffic may be replicated across multiple links 635. For example, the same MPDU may be sent on link 635-a (eg, which may be a 2.4 GHz link) and link 635-b (eg, which may be a 5 GHz link). Because the BA is processed at the upper MAC 610 of the sending device, the MPDU can be considered successfully sent if it is delivered via any of the links 635. This transmission scheme can take advantage of the fact that each RF band is associated with different frequency bands and radio characteristics. For example, higher RF frequency bands typically have shorter transmission ranges (e.g., experience a greater degree of frequency-dependent fading). Additionally or alternatively, each receiving device may experience different link conditions for each aggregated link (eg, due to communication impairments, movement of the receiving device during communication, etc.). These changed communication conditions can be exploited to improve transmission reliability.

舉例而言，在一些情況下，在625處的加密可以包括：將編碼應用於要由發送無線設備655-a在鏈路上發送的串流，此可以經由使得接收無線設備655-b能夠對通訊進行解碼（即使接收無線設備655-b僅成功地接收到該串流的一個子集）來幫助提高可靠性。例如，發送無線設備655-a可以對要在鏈路上發送的封包中的一些或全部封包進行複製。在一些實例中，原始和複製的封包可以是在相同的無線鏈路635上發送的（例如，兩組封包皆在無線鏈路635-a上發送）。在其他實例中，原始和複製的封包可以是在不同的無線鏈路635上發送的（例如，在無線鏈路635-a上發送一組原始的封包，以及在無線鏈路635-b上發送一組複製的封包）。在一些實例中，可以使用該等方法的組合，包括在三個或更多個不同鏈路上發送原始封包和複製封包。所使用的無線鏈路635亦可以動態地改變（例如，以解決變化的鏈路狀況）。For example, in some cases, encryption at 625 may include applying encoding to the stream to be sent over the link by transmitting wireless device 655-a, which may be accomplished by enabling receiving wireless device 655-b to communicate Decoding is performed (even if the receiving wireless device 655-b successfully receives only a subset of the stream) to help improve reliability. For example, the sending wireless device 655-a may copy some or all of the packets to be sent on the link. In some examples, the original and replicated packets may be sent over the same wireless link 635 (eg, both sets of packets are sent over wireless link 635-a). In other examples, the original and replicated packets may be sent over different wireless links 635 (e.g., an original set of packets is sent over wireless link 635-a, and an original set of packets is sent over wireless link 635-b. a set of replicated packets). In some examples, a combination of these methods may be used, including sending original packets and duplicate packets on three or more different links. The wireless link 635 used may also change dynamically (eg, to account for changing link conditions).

另外地或替代地，可以經由應用編碼演算法來提高傳輸可靠性，編碼演算法增加了資料串流的熵，以使即使僅接收到所發送的資料封包的子集，亦可以對傳輸進行解碼。舉例而言，可以將包含N位元資訊的資料串流編碼為包含N+k 位元的資料串流，以及可以將此N+k 位元格式化為一組封包，以使即使僅成功接收到該等封包的子集，亦可以對N 位元資訊進行解碼。例如，在各TID佇列之後（例如，在通訊方案500的情況下）或者在共用發送佇列620之後，編碼引擎（例如，實現Raptor編碼或其他噴泉編碼）可以增加能夠跨越多個鏈路635格式化和發送的資料串流的熵。即使僅接收到封包的串流的一部分，此種通訊方案亦可以允許接收器重構原始訊息。例如，若一個鏈路635遭受通訊品質的暫時下降，以使在該時間期間發送的封包不能成功地接收，則接收設備仍然可以基於在另一鏈路635上接收到的封包來成功地對所發送的資訊進行解碼。Additionally or alternatively, transmission reliability can be improved by applying coding algorithms that increase the entropy of the data stream such that the transmission can be decoded even if only a subset of the data packets sent are received . For example, a data stream containing N bits of information can be encoded into a data stream containing N+k bits, and the N+k bits can be formatted into a set of packets so that even if only the To a subset of these packets, N- bit information can also be decoded. For example, after each TID queue (e.g., in the case of communication scheme 500) or after a common send queue 620, an encoding engine (e.g., implementing Raptor encoding or other fountain encoding) may add the ability to span multiple links 635 The entropy of the data stream being formatted and sent. This communication scheme allows the receiver to reconstruct the original message even if only a portion of the packet stream is received. For example, if one link 635 suffers a temporary degradation in communication quality such that packets sent during that time cannot be successfully received, the receiving device can still successfully respond to all packets based on packets received on the other link 635. Decode the information sent.

在一些情況下，可以經由在通訊設備之間的訊號傳遞來支援對在本文中論述的各種編碼操作的使用。例如，發送設備可以指示用以產生加密的封包的編碼參數（例如，N 、k 、N+k 等）。在一些情況下，編碼參數可以是至少部分地基於觀察到的通道狀況來決定的。例如，在困難的通訊狀況下，發送無線設備655-a可以選擇更穩健的編碼方案（例如，可以增加k ），或者以其他方式改變跨越鏈路635的資料的分佈以提高傳輸可靠性（例如，可以向經歷更好通道狀況的鏈路分配更多的資料封包）。在一些實例中，編碼參數可以是發信號通知的（例如，經由OMI），以允許動態適配。另外地或替代地，在一些情況下，編碼參數可以是經由控制或管理訊框（例如，信標）來指示的，其中AP指示其支援聚合通訊的編碼參數。在一些情況下，編碼參數可以是直接地指示的（例如，可以以位元表示來指示N ），或者可以是經由其他方式或隱式地指示的（諸如經由參考查閱資料表格）。另外地或替代地，無線設備可能能夠決定編碼參數（例如，基於經由OMI指示的通道狀況）。In some cases, use of the various encoding operations discussed herein may be supported via signaling between communication devices. For example, the sending device may indicate encoding parameters (eg, N , k , N+k, etc.) used to generate the encrypted packet. In some cases, encoding parameters may be determined based at least in part on observed channel conditions. For example, under difficult communication conditions, the transmitting wireless device 655-a may select a more robust coding scheme (e.g., k may be increased) or otherwise change the distribution of data across link 635 to improve transmission reliability (e.g., k may be increased) , more data packets can be allocated to links experiencing better channel conditions). In some examples, encoding parameters may be signaled (eg, via OMI) to allow for dynamic adaptation. Additionally or alternatively, in some cases, coding parameters may be indicated via a control or management frame (eg, a beacon), where the AP indicates that it supports coding parameters for aggregated communications. In some cases, encoding parameters may be indicated directly (eg, N may be indicated in a bit representation), or may be indicated via other means or implicitly (such as via reference to a lookup table). Additionally or alternatively, the wireless device may be able to determine encoding parameters (eg, based on channel conditions indicated via the OMI).

一些無線系統可以支援鏈路跳變的形式，其中在特定鏈路635上的傳輸是基於發射器和接收器兩者熟悉的假性隨機序列。例如，假性隨機序列對於特定系統而言可以是已知的（例如，可以是預先配置的），可以在關聯期間進行協商等等。頻帶跳變（例如，除了噴泉編碼之外）可以説明使系統對於丟包而言更加穩健。另外地或替代地，頻帶跳變可以跨越多個通道來擴展使用，從而允許若干發送/接收對在沒有過度干擾的情況下同時地使用相同的RF頻帶（例如，可以增加多工機會）。頻帶跳變可以在特定的鏈路內，或者可以跨越兩個或更多個鏈路發生。Some wireless systems may support a form of link hopping, where transmissions on a particular link 635 are based on a pseudo-random sequence familiar to both the transmitter and receiver. For example, the pseudorandom sequence may be known to a particular system (eg, may be preconfigured), may be negotiated during association, etc. Band hopping (e.g., in addition to fountain coding) can be illustrated to make the system more robust to packet loss. Additionally or alternatively, band hopping may extend usage across multiple channels, allowing several transmit/receive pairs to use the same RF band simultaneously without undue interference (eg, multiplexing opportunities may be increased). Band hopping can occur within a specific link or across two or more links.

圖7根據本案內容的各個態樣圖示支援基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的通訊方案700的實例。在一些實例中，通訊方案700可以實現WLAN 100的各態樣。例如，可以在發送無線設備735-a（例如，STA 115或AP 105）與接收無線設備735-b（例如，STA 115或AP 105）之間實現通訊方案700。儘管在單個發送設備和單個接收設備的上下文中進行了描述，但要理解的是，下文的各態樣可以擴展到與非並置的AP 105的通訊。通訊方案700圖示基於多個序號的聚合架構的各態樣。該聚合架構引入了兩組封包序號。跨越全部鏈路720需要的操作是基於共用SN的，而每鏈路操作是基於每鏈路SN的。共用SN及/或每鏈路SN可以是使用參考圖8描述的技術來發信號通知的（例如，使用每MPDU的空中訊號傳遞）。FIG. 7 illustrates an example of a communication solution 700 that supports a packet-based link aggregation architecture according to various aspects of the present application. In some examples, the communication solution 700 can implement various aspects of the WLAN 100 . For example, communication scheme 700 may be implemented between a transmitting wireless device 735-a (eg, STA 115 or AP 105) and a receiving wireless device 735-b (eg, STA 115 or AP 105). Although described in the context of a single transmitting device and a single receiving device, it is understood that the aspects below can be extended to communications with non-collocated APs 105. Communication solution 700 illustrates various aspects of aggregation architecture based on multiple serial numbers. This aggregation architecture introduces two sets of packet sequence numbers. Operations required across all links 720 are on a common SN basis, whereas per-link operations are on a per-link SN basis. The common SN and/or per-link SN may be signaled using the techniques described with reference to Figure 8 (eg, using per-MPDU over-the-air signaling).

在發送無線設備處，shim層710可以針對應用資料705（例如，從應用層或其他高層接收的資料訊息，例如被格式化為多個MSDU）分配共用SN。例如，shim層710的操作可以由如在本文中描述的上MAC來執行。在分配共用SN之後，shim層710可以將封包分配給下Tx MAC 715-a或下Tx MAC 715-b中的一者。各下Tx MAC 715可以針對所分配的MSDU分配每鏈路SN，以及獨立於其他下Tx MAC 715來處理該等MSDU。例如，作為「5（3）」圖示的封包可以具有由shim層710分配的為5的共用SN，以及由下Tx MAC 715-a分配的為3的每鏈路SN。可以在下Rx MAC 725-a和下Rx MAC 725-b接收到封包之前，跨越相應的鏈路720-a和720-b來發送該等封包。下Rx MAC 725可以將所接收的封包饋送給shim層730，shim層730可以基於共用SN來對來自不同鏈路的封包進行重新排序。在各態樣中，BA程序和每鏈路重新排序可以是基於每鏈路SN的。At the transmitting wireless device, the shim layer 710 may allocate a common SN for application data 705 (eg, data messages received from the application layer or other higher layers, eg, formatted into multiple MSDUs). For example, the operations of shim layer 710 may be performed by an upper MAC as described herein. After assigning the common SN, the shim layer 710 may assign the packet to one of the lower Tx MAC 715-a or the lower Tx MAC 715-b. Each lower Tx MAC 715 may assign per-link SNs for assigned MSDUs and process those MSDUs independently of other lower Tx MACs 715. For example, a packet illustrated as "5(3)" may have a common SN of 5 assigned by shim layer 710, and a per-link SN of 3 assigned by lower Tx MAC 715-a. Packets may be sent across respective links 720-a and 720-b before being received by lower Rx MAC 725-a and lower Rx MAC 725-b. The lower Rx MAC 725 can feed the received packets to the shim layer 730, which can reorder packets from different links based on the common SN. In various aspects, the BA procedure and per-link reordering may be per-link SN based.

通常而言，shim層710和各下Tx MAC 715可以具有不同的序號集合（例如，由於亦可以採用於通訊方案700的分段和加密過程）。例如，該集合可以包括MSDU SN、MSDU分段號（FN）和MPDU封包號（PN）。在shim層710（例如，shim層730）處的操作可以是基於跨越鏈路720的共用SN、FN和PN的。例如，在接收器側，shim層730可以基於共用SN和FN來對經解碼的MPDU進行重新排序，可以基於共用PN來執行重播檢查，以及可以基於共用SN和FN來執行分段整理。在下Tx MAC 715（例如，以及下Rx MAC 725）處的操作可以是基於每鏈路SN、每鏈路FN和每鏈路PN的。例如，在各下Rx MAC 725處的BA程序和每鏈路重新排序可以是基於每鏈路SN和FN的，而每鏈路加密可以是基於每鏈路PN的。Generally speaking, the shim layer 710 and each underlying Tx MAC 715 may have different sets of sequence numbers (eg, due to the segmentation and encryption processes that may also be employed in the communication scheme 700). For example, the set may include MSDU SN, MSDU Fragment Number (FN), and MPDU Packet Number (PN). Operations at shim layer 710 (eg, shim layer 730) may be based on shared SN, FN, and PN across link 720. For example, on the receiver side, the shim layer 730 may reorder decoded MPDUs based on the common SN and FN, may perform replay checking based on the common PN, and may perform segmentation grooming based on the common SN and FN. Operation at the lower Tx MAC 715 (eg, as well as the lower Rx MAC 725) may be on a per-link SN, per-link FN, and per-link PN basis. For example, BA procedures and per-link reordering at each lower Rx MAC 725 may be per-link SN and FN based, while per-link encryption may be per-link PN based.

圖8根據本案內容的各個態樣圖示支援基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的傳輸格式800的實例。在一些實例中，傳輸格式800可以實現WLAN 100的各態樣。在一些情況下，傳輸格式800可以支援通訊方案500、通訊方案600及/或通訊方案700的各態樣。FIG. 8 illustrates an example of a transport format 800 supporting a packet-based link aggregation architecture according to various aspects of the subject matter. In some examples, transport format 800 may implement various aspects of WLAN 100. In some cases, the transmission format 800 may support aspects of the communication solution 500 , the communication solution 600 , and/or the communication solution 700 .

在一些無線系統（例如，支援單個鏈路操作的系統）中，欄位可以是在各MPDU中定義的，以攜帶每鏈路序號。例如，SN和FN可以是包括在序列控制欄位中的，而PN可以是包括在計數器模式加密區塊鏈訊息認證碼協定CCMP標頭中的。然而，在多個基於SN的聚合的情況下（例如，如參考通訊方案700描述的），各MPDU亦可以攜帶共用序號（例如，以由諸如shim層730的shim層使用）。在本文中考慮了發信號通知共用SN的各種選項。In some wireless systems (eg, systems that support single link operation), a field may be defined in each MPDU to carry a per-link sequence number. For example, the SN and FN may be included in the sequence control field, and the PN may be included in the Counter Mode Cryptographic Blockchain Message Authentication Code Protocol CCMP header. However, in the case of multiple SN-based aggregation (eg, as described with reference to communication scheme 700 ), each MPDU may also carry a common sequence number (eg, for use by a shim layer such as shim layer 730 ). Various options for signaling shared SNs are considered in this paper.

通常，共用SN可以是在MPDU中或包含MPDU的PPDU中的任何地方發信號通知的。例如，共用SN可以是包括在PPDU PHY標頭、MPDU MAC標頭、MPDU定界符、封包擴展欄位等等中的。在一個實例中，可以引入新的控制欄位（例如，HE控制欄位），以每MPDU的共用SN。例如，可以在具有子欄位的MPDU標頭中引入HE共用SN控制欄位，以攜帶共用SN、FN和PN。Typically, the shared SN may be signaled anywhere in the MPDU or in the PPDU containing the MPDU. For example, the common SN may be included in the PPDU PHY header, MPDU MAC header, MPDU delimiter, packet extension field, etc. In one example, new control fields (eg, HE control fields) can be introduced to share the SN per MPDU. For example, the HE common SN control field can be introduced in the MPDU header with subfields to carry the common SN, FN and PN.

或者，子訊框標頭805可以修改為包括新的共用SN欄位820，而共用FN和PN可以是在新的HE控制欄位中發信號通知的。因此，傳輸格式800將子訊框標頭805圖示為包括目的地位址（DA）欄位810（其亦可以稱為接收器位址）、發送方位址（SA）欄位815（其亦可以稱為發射器位址）、共用SN欄位820和長度欄位825。傳輸格式800額外地包括有效載荷830（例如，其可以是從上層接收的MSDU或多個MSDU）。Alternatively, the subframe header 805 may be modified to include a new shared SN field 820, and the shared FN and PN may be signaled in the new HE control field. Accordingly, transport format 800 illustrates subframe header 805 as including a destination address (DA) field 810 (which may also be referred to as a receiver address), a sender address (SA) field 815 (which may also be called the transmitter address), shared SN field 820, and length field 825. Transport format 800 additionally includes a payload 830 (eg, which may be an MSDU or MSDUs received from an upper layer).

圖9A根據本案內容的各個態樣圖示支援基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的網路配置900的實例。在一些實例中，網路配置900可以實現WLAN 100的各態樣。例如，可以在一或多個發送設備（例如，STA 115及/或AP 105）與一或多個接收設備（例如，STA 115及/或AP 105）之間實現網路配置900。網路配置900圖示在其中接收設備（例如，STA 115-b）可以併發地從多個非並置的AP 105（例如，AP 105-b和AP 105-c）接收訊務的聚合架構的各態樣。繼而，非並置的AP 105可以由跨越AP 105分配訊務的一或多個控制器905（例如，控制器905-a）管理。FIG. 9A illustrates an example of a network configuration 900 supporting a packet-based link aggregation architecture according to various aspects of the subject matter. In some examples, network configuration 900 may implement various aspects of WLAN 100. For example, network configuration 900 may be implemented between one or more sending devices (eg, STA 115 and/or AP 105) and one or more receiving devices (eg, STA 115 and/or AP 105). Network configuration 900 illustrates various aspects of a converged architecture in which a receiving device (e.g., STA 115-b) can concurrently receive traffic from multiple non-collocated APs 105 (e.g., AP 105-b and AP 105-c). Attitude. In turn, non-collocated APs 105 may be managed by one or more controllers 905 (eg, controller 905-a) that distribute traffic across the APs 105.

如參考圖3描述的，各AP 105可以通告（例如，廣播）其關聯的控制器辨識符和聚合能力資訊。STA 115-b可以基於所通告的聚合能力資訊來選擇一組可聚合的非並置的AP 105（例如，和控制器905）。要理解的是，儘管在一些實例中將AP 105描述為非並置的，但是實例的各態樣亦可以適用於並置的AP 105。As described with reference to Figure 3, each AP 105 may advertise (eg, broadcast) its associated controller identifier and aggregate capability information. STA 115-b may select a set of aggregable non-collocated APs 105 (eg, and controller 905) based on the advertised aggregation capability information. It is understood that although AP 105 is described in some examples as non-collocated, aspects of the examples may also apply to collocated APs 105 .

網路配置900圖示在其中STA 115-b併發地從AP 105-b和AP 105-c接收訊務的實例。在一些實例中，AP 105-b位於遠離AP 105-c的位置。或者，AP 105-b和AP 105-c可以是並置的（例如，可以是無線節點的單獨的無線電頭端，可以是經由大體上理想的回載（可以假設是理想的）連接的單獨的節點等等）。AP 105-b和AP 105-c可以由控制器905-a進行管理，控制器905-a分發跨越AP 105的訊務。亦即，在一些情況下，控制器905-a可以執行在本文中描述的上MAC層的某些操作（例如，可以從去往AP 105-b或AP 105-c中的一者的共用發送佇列中分配封包）。在一些實例中，AP 105-b及/或AP 105-c可以進一步分發跨越多個可用的鏈路的封包（例如，各AP 105可以包含在本文中描述的上MAC層的功能）。在一些情況下，控制器905-a可以是另一AP 105（例如，遠端節點），或者可以是在聚合集合中的AP 105中的一者（例如，AP 105-b或AP 105-c）。Network configuration 900 illustrates an example in which STA 115-b receives traffic from AP 105-b and AP 105-c concurrently. In some instances, AP 105-b is located remotely from AP 105-c. Alternatively, AP 105-b and AP 105-c may be collocated (e.g., may be separate radio heads of wireless nodes, may be separate nodes connected via substantially ideal backhaul (which may be assumed to be ideal) etc). AP 105-b and AP 105-c may be managed by controller 905-a, which distributes traffic across AP 105. That is, in some cases, controller 905-a may perform certain operations at the upper MAC layer described herein (e.g., may transmit from a common to one of AP 105-b or AP 105-c Packets are allocated in the queue). In some examples, AP 105-b and/or AP 105-c may further distribute packets across multiple available links (eg, each AP 105 may include upper MAC layer functionality as described herein). In some cases, controller 905-a may be another AP 105 (eg, a remote node), or may be one of the APs 105 in an aggregated set (eg, AP 105-b or AP 105-c ).

圖9B根據本案內容的各個態樣圖示支援基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的網路配置950的實例。在一些實例中，網路配置950可以實現WLAN 100的各態樣。網路配置950的各態樣類似於網路配置900的相應元件。例如，網路配置950包含STA 115（例如，STA 115-c）可以與之進行通訊的多個AP 105。各AP 105可以連接到一個控制器905（例如，AP 105-d、AP 105-f和AP 105-g）或多個控制器905（例如，AP 105-e）。9B illustrates an example of a network configuration 950 that supports a packet-based link aggregation architecture according to various aspects of the subject matter. In some examples, network configuration 950 may implement various aspects of WLAN 100. Various aspects of network configuration 950 are similar to corresponding components of network configuration 900 . For example, network configuration 950 includes multiple APs 105 with which STA 115 (eg, STA 115-c) can communicate. Each AP 105 may be connected to one controller 905 (eg, AP 105-d, AP 105-f, and AP 105-g) or to multiple controllers 905 (eg, AP 105-e).

在一些情況下，控制器905-b和控制器905-c可以具有不同的聚合能力。例如，其可以支援不同的聚合類型（例如，控制器905-b可以支援基於流的聚合和基於封包的聚合兩者，而控制器905-c僅支援基於封包的聚合），可以支援給定數量的可聚合鏈路以用於給定類型的聚合（例如，控制器905-b可以支援兩個並行鏈路以用於基於封包的聚合，而控制器905-c可以支援三個並行鏈路以用於基於封包的聚合），可以支援不同的最大聚合輸送量以用於給定類型的聚合等等。舉例而言，AP 105-d和AP 105-e可以由控制器905-b進行管理，控制器905-b支援基於封包的聚合。類似地，AP 105-e、AP 105-f和AP 105-g可以由控制器905-c進行管理，控制器905-c支援基於流的聚合。在該實例中，AP 105-e因此可能能夠支援基於封包的聚合和基於流的聚合兩者（例如，由於其由控制器905-b和控制器905-c兩者進行管理的事實）。In some cases, controller 905-b and controller 905-c may have different aggregation capabilities. For example, it can support different aggregation types (e.g., controller 905-b can support both flow-based aggregation and packet-based aggregation, while controller 905-c can only support packet-based aggregation), can support a given number of of aggregable links for a given type of aggregation (for example, controller 905-b can support two parallel links for packet-based aggregation, while controller 905-c can support three parallel links for for packet-based aggregation), can support different maximum aggregate throughputs for a given type of aggregation, etc. For example, AP 105-d and AP 105-e may be managed by controller 905-b, which supports packet-based aggregation. Similarly, AP 105-e, AP 105-f, and AP 105-g may be managed by controller 905-c, which supports flow-based aggregation. In this example, AP 105-e may therefore be able to support both packet-based aggregation and flow-based aggregation (eg, due to the fact that it is managed by both controller 905-b and controller 905-c).

在一些實例中，AP 105可以支援在不同的RF頻譜頻帶上的聚合。例如，AP 105-d可以支援在900 MHz上的聚合，AP 105-e可以支援在2.4 GHz上的聚合，AP 105-f可以支援在5 GHz上的聚合，以及AP 105-g可以支援在60 GHz上的聚合。此種配置可以支援AP 105的分層分佈（例如，由於不同的RF頻帶支援的不同的通訊範圍）。亦即，可以在支援在900 MHz上的聚合的單個AP 105的覆蓋區域內，部署支援在60 GHz上的聚合的多個AP 105。In some examples, AP 105 can support aggregation on different RF spectrum bands. For example, AP 105-d can support aggregation at 900 MHz, AP 105-e can support aggregation at 2.4 GHz, AP 105-f can support aggregation at 5 GHz, and AP 105-g can support aggregation at 60 Aggregation on GHz. This configuration may support hierarchical distribution of APs 105 (eg, due to different communication ranges supported by different RF bands). That is, multiple APs 105 supporting aggregation at 60 GHz may be deployed within the coverage area of a single AP 105 supporting aggregation at 900 MHz.

各AP 105可以（例如，在廣播傳輸中）通告聚合能力資訊以輔助STA 115（例如，STA 115-c）選擇AP 105。在一些情況下，聚合能力資訊可以是在信標、管理訊框、控制訊框、專用動作訊框等等中發送的（例如，如參考圖3描述的）。可以由AP 105通告的聚合能力資訊的實例包括聚合能力位元（例如，指示AP 105是否支援聚合的單個位元）及/或連接的控制器辨識符列表（例如，其可以是與AP 105相關聯的控制器905的MAC位址）。例如，各控制器辨識符可以包括以下各項中的一項或多項：控制器類型（例如，其可以指示控制器905是AP 105還是遠端節點）、支援的聚合類型（例如，MAC級別基於封包的、MAC級別基於流的、基於IP級別的、基於傳輸級別的、基於超文字傳輸協定（HTTP）級別的等等）、每聚合類型支援的最大鏈路數、每聚合類型支援的最大輸送量、其任何組合等等。如參考圖3描述的，AP 105可以在一些情況下廣播其聚合能力資訊（例如，如在320處圖示的），或者可以基於接收到的請求來發送其聚合能力（例如，如在315處圖示的）。Each AP 105 may advertise aggregate capability information (eg, in a broadcast transmission) to assist an STA 115 (eg, STA 115-c) in selecting an AP 105. In some cases, aggregate capability information may be sent in beacons, management frames, control frames, dedicated action frames, etc. (eg, as described with reference to Figure 3). Examples of aggregation capability information that may be advertised by AP 105 include an aggregation capability bit (e.g., a single bit indicating whether AP 105 supports aggregation) and/or a connected controller identifier list (e.g., which may be associated with AP 105 MAC address of the associated controller 905). For example, each controller identifier may include one or more of the following: controller type (e.g., which may indicate whether controller 905 is an AP 105 or a remote node), supported aggregation type (e.g., MAC level based on Packet based, MAC level flow based, IP level based, transport level based, Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) level based, etc.), maximum number of links supported per aggregation type, maximum transport supported per aggregation type quantity, any combination thereof, etc. As described with reference to FIG. 3, AP 105 may broadcast its aggregate capabilities information in some cases (eg, as illustrated at 320), or may send its aggregate capabilities based on received requests (eg, as at 315 illustrated).

基於聚合能力資訊，STA 115-c可以在具有由STA 115-c支援的聚合類型（例如，基於流的聚合或基於封包的聚合）的相同控制器905（例如，控制器905-c）下的範圍內，選擇一組可聚合的AP 105（例如，AP 105-e和AP 105-f）。在一些情況下，可以在一組大小不超過預期的聚合類型的最大支援鏈路數量的約束下，選擇一組可聚合的AP 105。例如，控制器905-c可以支援最多兩個聚合鏈路，以使限制STA 115-c額外地聚合與AP 105-g的通訊。Based on the aggregation capability information, STA 115-c may be under the same controller 905 (e.g., controller 905-c) with an aggregation type supported by STA 115-c (e.g., flow-based aggregation or packet-based aggregation) Within the scope, select a set of aggregable APs 105 (for example, AP 105-e and AP 105-f). In some cases, a set of aggregable APs 105 may be selected under the constraint that the set size does not exceed the maximum number of supported links for the intended aggregation type. For example, controller 905-c may support up to two aggregated links to enable restricted STA 115-c to additionally aggregate communications with AP 105-g.

另外地或替代地，各具有聚合能力的AP 105可以廣播關於相鄰AP 105的聚合能力的聚合能力資訊（例如，以輔助STA 115-c選擇一組可聚合的AP 105）。例如，AP 105-f可以在5 GHz頻帶中發送信標（例如，在錨定鏈路上），而AP 105-g可以在60 GHz頻帶中進行操作以及經歷相應較短的通訊範圍（例如，反之亦然）。AP 105-f可以在其自身的信標中包括AP 105-g的聚合能力資訊（例如，可以發送其自身的聚合能力資訊以及一或多個相鄰AP 105的聚合能力和目標信標傳輸時間（TBTT））。在從AP 105-f接收到聚合能力資訊之後，STA 115-c可以搜尋可聚合的相鄰AP 105（例如，AP 105-g）的信標，該可聚合的相鄰AP 105在相同控制器905-c下進行操作以及具有有STA 115-c支援的聚合類型。此種操作可以代替針對可聚合相鄰AP 105的盲目搜尋，該盲目搜尋可能是能量密集型的，或者以其他方式不利於STA 115的。Additionally or alternatively, each aggregation-capable AP 105 may broadcast aggregation capability information regarding the aggregation capabilities of neighboring APs 105 (eg, to assist STA 115-c in selecting a set of aggregation-capable APs 105). For example, AP 105-f may transmit beacons in the 5 GHz band (e.g., on an anchor link), while AP 105-g may operate in the 60 GHz band and experience a correspondingly shorter communication range (e.g., vice versa) Also). AP 105-f may include AP 105-g's aggregate capability information in its own beacon (e.g., may send its own aggregate capability information along with the aggregate capabilities and target beacon transmission time of one or more neighboring APs 105 (TBTT)). After receiving aggregation capability information from AP 105-f, STA 115-c may search for beacons of aggregatable neighbor APs 105 (e.g., AP 105-g) that are on the same controller. Operates under 905-c and has aggregate types supported by STA 115-c. Such an operation may replace a blind search for aggregatable neighbor APs 105, which may be energy intensive or otherwise detrimental to the STA 115.

圖10根據本案內容的各個態樣圖示支援基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的傳輸方案1000的實例。在一些實例中，傳輸方案1000可以實現WLAN 100的各態樣。例如，可以在發送設備1070（例如，STA 115或AP 105）與接收設備（例如，STA 115或AP 105）之間實現傳輸方案1000。儘管在單個發送設備和單個接收設備的上下文中進行了描述，但要理解的是，下文的各態樣可以擴展到與非並置的AP 105的通訊，如參考圖9A和9B描述的。傳輸方案1000圖示如參考圖6描述的基於封包的聚合架構的共用發送佇列的各態樣。要理解的是，傳輸方案1000的各態樣可以額外地應用於參考圖5描述的基於封包的聚合架構的每鏈路發送佇列。FIG. 10 illustrates an example of a transmission solution 1000 supporting a packet-based link aggregation architecture according to various aspects of the present application. In some examples, transmission scheme 1000 may implement various aspects of WLAN 100. For example, transmission scheme 1000 may be implemented between a sending device 1070 (eg, STA 115 or AP 105) and a receiving device (eg, STA 115 or AP 105). Although described in the context of a single transmitting device and a single receiving device, it is understood that the aspects below may be extended to communications with non-collocated APs 105, as described with reference to Figures 9A and 9B. Transmission scheme 1000 illustrates aspects of a common send queue for a packet-based aggregation architecture as described with reference to FIG. 6 . It is understood that aspects of transmission scheme 1000 may additionally be applied to per-link transmit queues of the packet-based aggregation architecture described with reference to FIG. 5 .

傳輸方案1000的操作包括產生共用SN、FN和PN（跨越鏈路1065）、協商共用TA和RA、使用共用（例如，或每鏈路）加密金鑰、每鏈路MPDU和MAC標頭產生，以及對AMSDU和MPDU長度的決定（例如，基於鏈路1065-a和鏈路1065-b的要求）。Operations of transport scheme 1000 include generation of common SN, FN and PN (across links 1065), negotiation of common TA and RA, use of common (e.g., or per-link) encryption keys, per-link MPDU and MAC header generation, and decisions on AMSDU and MPDU length (e.g., based on the requirements of Link 1065-a and Link 1065-b).

在經由傳輸方案1000圖示的實例中，上MAC 1010（例如，其可以是參考圖4描述的上MAC 415的實例）可以接收應用資料1005作為輸入。在一些情況下，上MAC 1010可以在1015處，將共用SN附加到MSDU，以及可以將該等MSDU分配給上層共用發送佇列1020。在一些情況下，可以在將該等MSDU從上層共用發送佇列1020分配（例如，動態地）給下層共用發送佇列1030之前，在1025處對該等MSDU進行分段。隨後，封包可以被分配給下Tx MAC 1035-a或下Tx MAC 1035-b中的一者（例如，其可以分別是如參考圖4描述的下MAC 425的實例或者實現其態樣）。在一些實例中，發送設備可以包含多個上層共用發送佇列1020和多個下層共用發送佇列1030，其中的每一者皆是與給定的存取類別相關聯的。或者，全部存取類別可以共用單個上層共用發送佇列1020和單個下層共用發送佇列1030。In the example illustrated via transmission scheme 1000, upper MAC 1010 (eg, which may be an example of upper MAC 415 described with reference to Figure 4) may receive application data 1005 as input. In some cases, the upper MAC 1010 may append the shared SN to the MSDUs at 1015 and may assign the MSDUs to the upper layer shared transmit queue 1020. In some cases, the MSDUs may be segmented at 1025 before being allocated (eg, dynamically) from the upper layer common transmit queue 1020 to the lower layer common transmit queue 1030. The packet may then be assigned to one of the lower Tx MAC 1035-a or the lower Tx MAC 1035-b (eg, which may be an instance or aspect of lower MAC 425, respectively, as described with reference to FIG. 4). In some examples, a sending device may include multiple upper-layer shared send queues 1020 and multiple lower-layer shared send queues 1030, each of which is associated with a given access class. Alternatively, all access classes may share a single upper layer common send queue 1020 and a single lower layer common send queue 1030.

在一些實例中，傳輸方案1000可以執行依須求分段和封包分配。例如，當鏈路1065準備好傳輸（例如，經由CCA程序）時，可以在1025處對來自上層共用發送佇列1020的(A)MSDU進行分段以及將其傳遞給下層共用發送佇列1030。在一些情況下，可以執行在1025處的分段，以使傳遞給下層共用發送佇列1030的資料滿足針對可用鏈路1065的傳輸機會（TXOP）。當進入下層共用發送佇列1030時，分段可以附加有共用FN和PN，以及分配給與可用鏈路1065相對應的下Tx MAC 1035。In some examples, transmission scheme 1000 may perform on-demand segmentation and packet distribution. For example, when link 1065 is ready for transmission (eg, via a CCA procedure), the (A) MSDU from upper layer common transmit queue 1020 may be segmented and passed to lower layer common transmit queue 1030 at 1025 . In some cases, segmentation at 1025 may be performed such that the data passed to the underlying common transmit queue 1030 satisfies the transmission opportunity (TXOP) for the available link 1065. When entering the lower layer shared transmit queue 1030, the segment may have a shared FN and PN attached, and be assigned to the lower Tx MAC 1035 corresponding to the available link 1065.

下Tx MAC 1035可以形成用於傳輸的PPDU。例如，當鏈路1065-a可用於傳輸時，下Tx MAC 1035-a可以從下層共用發送佇列1030中複製分段。亦即，下Tx MAC 1035-a可以複製與各分段相關聯的共用SN、FN和PN，以及在1040處形成針對各分段的純文字MPDU。例如，純文字MPDU可以在MPDU標頭中包含共用SN和FN。在1050處，MPDU可以是利用在CCMP標頭中的共用PN進一步加密的。在一些情況下，在加密之後，可以在1055處附加循環冗餘檢查（CRC）。隨後，在1060處，MPDU可以聚合為AMPDU，以及可以經由添加PHY標頭來建立最終的PPDU。隨後，可以在鏈路1065-a上（例如，經由CSMA）發送PPDU。類似的操作可以由下Tx MAC 1035-b執行以用於在鏈路1065-b上的傳輸。The lower Tx MAC 1035 can form a PPDU for transmission. For example, when link 1065-a is available for transmission, lower Tx MAC 1035-a may copy segments from lower common transmit queue 1030. That is, the lower Tx MAC 1035-a may copy the common SN, FN, and PN associated with each segment and form a text-only MPDU for each segment at 1040. For example, a plain text MPDU may contain the common SN and FN in the MPDU header. At 1050, the MPDU may be further encrypted using the common PN in the CCMP header. In some cases, a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) can be appended at 1055 after encryption. Subsequently, at 1060, the MPDUs may be aggregated into AMPDUs, and the final PPDU may be built via adding a PHY header. The PPDU may then be sent on link 1065-a (eg, via CSMA). Similar operations may be performed by lower Tx MAC 1035-b for transmission on link 1065-b.

傳輸方案1000的操作解決了各種考慮。例如，在將封包分配給給定的下Tx MAC 1035之前，對在1015處的共用SN的分配可以支援參考圖11描述的重播檢查操作。在一些情況下，共用SN可以具有內部屬性的形式，或者可以是在(A)MSDU中的新欄位。類似地，在分配給下Tx MAC 1035之前在1025處執行分段，支援在本文中描述的各種操作。例如，共用PN（例如，其可以具有內部屬性的形式，或者可以是在(A)MSDU中的新欄位）可能不得不在分段之後進行分配，但是應當是跨越鏈路1065共用的（例如，因為PN應當跨越MPDU遞增，而不管哪個鏈路1065攜帶最終的PPDU）。例如，在分配給給定鏈路1065之後分配PN，可以強制接收設備對每鏈路1065執行重播檢查，此可能降低系統輸送量。另外，在一些情況下，若鏈路1065中的一者突然遭受惡化的通訊品質或若某些分段不適合TXOP，則在將封包分配給給定的下Tx MAC 1035之後分配PN可能造成輸送量下降（例如，在此種情況下，可能不得不將其儲存在用於該通訊鏈路1065的各鏈路發送佇列中）。類似地，在將封包分配給給定鏈路1065之前分配FN（例如，在該情況下，FN可以具有內部屬性的形式或是新欄位），可以支援在本文中描述的技術。Operation of transmission scheme 1000 addresses various considerations. For example, prior to assigning packets to a given lower Tx MAC 1035, the assignment of the common SN at 1015 may support the replay check operation described with reference to FIG. 11. In some cases, the shared SN may be in the form of an internal attribute, or may be a new field in the (A)MSDU. Similarly, segmentation is performed at 1025 before allocation to the next Tx MAC 1035, supporting the various operations described herein. For example, a shared PN (e.g., which may be in the form of an internal attribute, or may be a new field in the (A)MSDU) may have to be allocated after fragmentation, but should be shared across link 1065 (e.g., Because the PN should be incremented across MPDUs regardless of which link 1065 carries the final PPDU). For example, assigning a PN after assigning to a given link 1065 may force the receiving device to perform a replay check per link 1065 , which may reduce system throughput. Additionally, in some cases, allocating PNs after allocating packets to a given lower Tx MAC 1035 may result in throughput if one of the links 1065 suddenly suffers from degraded traffic quality or if certain segments are not suitable for TXOP. drop (eg, in this case, it may have to be stored in each link send queue for that communication link 1065). Similarly, allocating an FN before assigning a packet to a given link 1065 (eg, in which case the FN may be in the form of an internal attribute or a new field) may support the techniques described herein.

在一些情況下，共用TA和RA可以是跨越全部鏈路1065來協商的，以用於各聚合的TID。例如，此種協商可以支援每>TA、RA、TID>進行的BA通信期（例如，其中符號「> >」表示元組）。例如，共用TA和RA可以是在聚合建立期間協商的，及/或可以是基於預先定義的配置的。在本文中包括了用於選擇共用TA和RA的各種選項。例如，通訊設備可以使用一個原始的每鏈路>TA、RA>，以用於給定鏈路1065。或者，TA和RA可以是根據某些輸入來產生的（例如，全部聚合鏈路1065的原始每鏈路>TA、RA>）。例如，產生函數可以是基於協商或預先定義的規則的。在一些情況下，產生函數可以接受額外的輸入（諸如聚合的TID等等）。作為另一選項，共用TA和RA可以產生為隨機（例如，假性隨機）數（例如，在聚合設置期間）。In some cases, a common TA and RA may be negotiated across all links 1065 for each aggregated TID. For example, such negotiation may support BA communication sessions per >TA, RA, TID> (e.g., where the symbol "> >" represents a tuple). For example, the shared TA and RA may be negotiated during aggregation establishment, and/or may be based on a predefined configuration. Various options for selecting shared TA and RA are included in this article. For example, a communications device may use a raw per-link TA, RA for a given link 1065. Alternatively, TA and RA may be generated based on certain inputs (eg, raw per-link TA, RA> for all aggregated links 1065). For example, the production function can be based on negotiation or predefined rules. In some cases, the generating function can accept additional inputs (such as aggregated TIDs, etc.). As another option, the shared TA and RA can be generated as random (eg, pseudo-random) numbers (eg, during aggregation setup).

儘管對共用TA和RA的協商可以支援在本文中描述的操作，但是所描述的技術沒有排除對每鏈路TA和RA的選擇。類似地，傳輸方案1000可以採用對於全部鏈路1065而言共用的加密金鑰，或者可以在1050處採用每鏈路加密金鑰。例如，在共用加密金鑰的情況下，在1050處的操作可以使用共用時間金鑰（例如，其可以從上MAC 1010向下傳遞）。共用金鑰辨識符可以是在加密的MPDU的CCMP標頭中發信號通知的（例如，以允許接收設備使用相同的共用時間金鑰來解密MPDU）。在每鏈路加密金鑰的情況下，加密金鑰可以是每鏈路協商的，此在某些情況下可能增加傳輸方案1000的複雜性。Although negotiation of shared TAs and RAs may support the operations described herein, the techniques described do not preclude the selection of per-link TAs and RAs. Similarly, transmission scheme 1000 may employ encryption keys that are common to all links 1065 or may employ per-link encryption keys at 1050 . For example, in the case of a shared encryption key, operations at 1050 may use a shared time key (eg, which may be passed down from the upper MAC 1010). The common key identifier may be signaled in the CCMP header of the encrypted MPDU (eg, to allow the receiving device to use the same common time key to decrypt the MPDU). In the case of per-link encryption keys, the encryption keys may be negotiated per link, which may increase the complexity of the transmission scheme 1000 in some cases.

可能需要在1040處（例如，在鏈路1065分配之後）產生純文字MPDU，此是因為一些MAC標頭欄位可能是特定於鏈路的，以使其可能僅在分配之後才能決定。此種欄位的實例包括網路分配向量（NAV）欄位、HE鏈路適配欄位、功率餘裕報告欄位等等。如前述，為了支援在下Tx MAC 1035處的MPDU產生，下層共用發送佇列1030可以向下傳遞(A)MSDU分段以及其關聯的共用SN、FN和PN（例如，因為在MPDU標頭中可能需要SN和FN，以及在CCMP標頭中可能需要PN）。It may be necessary to generate a text-only MPDU at 1040 (eg, after link 1065 allocation) because some MAC header fields may be link-specific such that they may only be determined after allocation. Examples of such fields include Network Allocation Vector (NAV) fields, HE link adaptation fields, power margin reporting fields, etc. As mentioned above, to support MPDU generation at the lower Tx MAC 1035, the lower layer shared transmit queue 1030 may pass down (A) the MSDU segment and its associated shared SN, FN, and PN (e.g., as may be present in the MPDU header SN and FN are required, and possibly PN in the CCMP header).

在一些情況下，與鏈路1065-a及/或鏈路1065-b相關聯的限制可以通知應用資料1005的(A)MSDU的長度。例如，(A)MSDU長度（或(A)MSDU的數量）可能不得不滿足來自全部鏈路1065的約束。類似地，在一些情況下，可以執行在1025處的分段以滿足全部鏈路1065的最大MPDU長度約束（例如，以使該分段可以適合單個MPDU，而不管將其分配給哪個鏈路1065）。如在本文中描述的，在一些情況下，該等操作可以是每鏈路執行的（例如，分段可以是基於鏈路1065-a的約束而不是鏈路1065-a和1065-b兩者的約束來執行的），儘管在以傳輸方案1000的複雜度的相應增加為代價的情況下。In some cases, limitations associated with link 1065-a and/or link 1065-b may inform the length of the (A)MSDU of application profile 1005. For example, the (A)MSDU length (or the number of (A)MSDUs) may have to satisfy constraints from all links 1065. Similarly, in some cases, segmentation at 1025 may be performed to satisfy the maximum MPDU length constraint for all links 1065 (e.g., so that the segmentation can fit into a single MPDU regardless of which link 1065 it is assigned to ). As described herein, in some cases, such operations may be performed per link (e.g., segmentation may be based on constraints on link 1065-a rather than both links 1065-a and 1065-b constraints), albeit at the expense of a corresponding increase in the complexity of the transmission scheme 1000.

圖11根據本案內容的各個態樣圖示支援基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的接收方案1100的實例。在一些實例中，接收方案1100可以實現WLAN 100的各態樣。例如，可以在發送設備（例如，STA 115或AP 105）與接收設備1155（例如，STA 115或AP 105）之間實現接收方案1100。儘管在單個發送設備和單個接收設備的上下文中進行了描述，但要理解的是，下文的各態樣可以擴展到與非並置的AP 105的通訊，如參考圖9A和9B描述的。接收方案1100圖示如參考圖6描述的基於封包的聚合架構的共用發送佇列的各態樣。要理解的是，接收方案1100的各態樣可以額外地應用於參考圖5描述的基於封包的聚合架構的每鏈路發送佇列。接收方案1100的操作可以補充傳輸方案1000的操作（例如，以使接收方案1100可以執行相對於傳輸方案1000描述的彼等方案的類似的操作）。接收方案1100可以支援跨越鏈路1105的共用重新排序、重播檢查和分段整理。FIG. 11 illustrates an example of a reception solution 1100 that supports a packet-based link aggregation architecture according to various aspects of the subject matter. In some examples, reception scheme 1100 may implement aspects of WLAN 100. For example, reception scheme 1100 may be implemented between a sending device (eg, STA 115 or AP 105) and a receiving device 1155 (eg, STA 115 or AP 105). Although described in the context of a single transmitting device and a single receiving device, it is understood that the aspects below may be extended to communications with non-collocated APs 105, as described with reference to Figures 9A and 9B. Reception scheme 1100 illustrates aspects of a common transmit queue for a packet-based aggregation architecture as described with reference to FIG. 6 . It is understood that aspects of the reception scheme 1100 may additionally be applied to the per-link transmit queue of the packet-based aggregation architecture described with reference to FIG. 5 . The operations of the receive scheme 1100 may complement the operations of the transmit scheme 1000 (eg, such that the receive scheme 1100 may perform similar operations to those described with respect to the transmit scheme 1000). The reception scheme 1100 may support shared reordering, replay checking, and segmentation across links 1105.

封包可以是由下Rx MAC 1110-a和下Rx MAC 1110-b分別在鏈路1105-a和鏈路1105-b上接收的。下Rx MAC 1110可以是在本文中描述的相應實體的實例。例如，下Rx MAC 1110-a可以在1115處在鏈路1105-a上接收PPDU，可以在1120處執行CRC驗證，以及可以在1125處執行MPDU解密（例如，使用共用解密金鑰或者特定於鏈路1105-a的解密金鑰）。類似的操作可以由下Rx MAC 1110-b針對在鏈路1105-b上接收到的封包執行類似的操作。各下Rx MAC 1110可以將經解密的MPDU轉發給與上Rx MAC 1130相關聯的共用接收佇列1135，以進行重新排序。上Rx MAC 1130可以是在本文中描述的上MAC的實例。共用接收佇列1135可以執行封包重新排序（例如，基於包括在經解密的MPDU中的共用SN和FN）。在一些情況下，BA可以是基於在共用接收佇列1135中的結果來發送的。例如，BA可以是每鏈路1105或者在專用鏈路1105（例如，錨定鏈路）上發送的。在接收到BA之後，發送設備的下層共用發送佇列可以移除所確認的分段。The packet may be received by lower Rx MAC 1110-a and lower Rx MAC 1110-b on link 1105-a and link 1105-b respectively. Lower Rx MAC 1110 may be an instance of the corresponding entity described herein. For example, lower Rx MAC 1110-a may receive a PPDU on link 1105-a at 1115, may perform CRC verification at 1120, and may perform MPDU decryption at 1125 (e.g., using a common decryption key or a link-specific The decryption key of path 1105-a). Similar operations may be performed by lower Rx MAC 1110-b for packets received on link 1105-b. Each lower Rx MAC 1110 may forward the decrypted MPDUs to a common receive queue 1135 associated with the upper Rx MAC 1130 for reordering. Upper Rx MAC 1130 may be an example of the upper MAC described herein. The common receive queue 1135 may perform packet reordering (eg, based on the common SN and FN included in the decrypted MPDU). In some cases, the BA may be sent based on results in the common receive queue 1135. For example, the BA may be sent per link 1105 or on a dedicated link 1105 (eg, anchor link). After receiving the BA, the sending device's underlying shared send queue may remove the acknowledged segment.

上Rx MAC 1130可以在1140處，基於MPDU PN執行重播檢查。亦即，所接收的MPDU可以是利用基於共用MPDU PN的重播檢查來驗證的。在一些情況下，重播檢查可以是在由共用接收佇列1135進行的重新排序之後執行的（例如，因為重播檢查是基於共用PN的，以及需要基於共用SN和FN來排序的MPDU）。類似地，分段整理可以是在重播檢查之後執行的（例如，因為其可以是基於經排序和驗證的MPDU的）。因此，在1145處，(A)MSDU分段可以是從經驗證的MPDU中提取的，以形成經解碼的(A)MSDU 1150。The upper Rx MAC 1130 can perform a replay check based on the MPDU PN at 1140. That is, the received MPDU may be verified using replay checking based on the common MPDU PN. In some cases, the replay check may be performed after reordering by the common receive queue 1135 (eg, because the replay check is based on the common PN, and MPDUs need to be ordered based on the common SN and FN). Similarly, segmentation grooming may be performed after replay checking (eg, as it may be based on ordered and verified MPDUs). Therefore, at 1145, the (A)MSDU segment may be extracted from the authenticated MPDU to form decoded (A)MSDU 1150.

圖12根據本案內容的各個態樣圖示支援基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的流程1200的實例。在一些實例中，流程1200可以實現WLAN 100的各態樣。例如，流程1200包括無線設備1205-a和無線設備1205-b，其中的各設備可以是如在本文中描述的STA 115或AP 105的實例。在一些情況下，無線設備1205-a可以是參考圖3描述的無線設備305-a的實例，以及無線設備1205-b可以是無線設備305-b的實例。或者，無線設備1205-a可以是無線設備305-b的實例，以及無線設備1205-b可以是無線設備305-a的實例。無線設備1205-a和無線設備1205-b中的均可以額外是參考圖4描述的無線設備455的實例或者體現其各態樣。例如，無線設備1205-a和無線設備1205-b可以均包含上MAC和多個下MAC層，以支援在上文中概述的通訊方案的各態樣。此外，儘管在兩個無線設備1205的上下文中描述了流程1200，但要理解的是，在一些情況下，多於兩個的無線設備1205可以執行所描述的技術（例如，如相對於圖9A和9B描述的）。FIG. 12 illustrates an example of a process 1200 for supporting a packet-based link aggregation architecture according to various aspects of the subject matter. In some examples, process 1200 may implement various aspects of WLAN 100. For example, process 1200 includes wireless device 1205-a and wireless device 1205-b, each of which may be an instance of STA 115 or AP 105 as described herein. In some cases, wireless device 1205-a may be an instance of wireless device 305-a described with reference to FIG. 3, and wireless device 1205-b may be an instance of wireless device 305-b. Alternatively, wireless device 1205-a may be an instance of wireless device 305-b, and wireless device 1205-b may be an instance of wireless device 305-a. Each of wireless device 1205-a and wireless device 1205-b may additionally be an example of or embody aspects of wireless device 455 described with reference to FIG. 4 . For example, wireless device 1205-a and wireless device 1205-b may each include an upper MAC and multiple lower MAC layers to support various aspects of the communication schemes outlined above. Additionally, although process 1200 is described in the context of two wireless devices 1205 , it is understood that in some cases, more than two wireless devices 1205 may perform the techniques described (e.g., as with respect to FIG. 9A and described in 9B).

在1210處，無線設備1205-a和無線設備1205-b可以建立包括一組無線鏈路的多鏈路通信期，以支援在無線設備1205之間的並行通訊。例如，多鏈路通信期可以是基於參考圖3描述的技術來建立的。At 1210, wireless device 1205-a and wireless device 1205-b may establish a multi-link communication session including a set of wireless links to support parallel communications between wireless devices 1205. For example, a multi-link communication period may be established based on the techniques described with reference to FIG. 3 .

在1215處，無線設備1205-a可以將要發送給無線設備1205-b的資料格式化為一組資料單元。例如，該格式化可以由上MAC層執行，如參考在本文中描述的通訊方案中的任何通訊方案描述的。例如，該格式化可以包括：將要發送的資料分段為資料單元，該資料單元的長度是至少部分地基於與多鏈路通信期的鏈路中的一或多個鏈路相關聯的約束的。At 1215, wireless device 1205-a may format the data to be sent to wireless device 1205-b into a set of data units. For example, the formatting may be performed by the upper MAC layer, as described with reference to any of the communication schemes described herein. For example, the formatting may include segmenting the data to be transmitted into data units, the data units having a length based at least in part on constraints associated with one or more of the links of the multi-link communication period. .

在1220處，無線設備1205-a可以發送（以及無線設備1205-b可以接收）該組資料單元。例如，無線設備1205-a可以在多鏈路通信期的第一無線鏈路上發送資料單元的第一子集，以及在多鏈路通信期的第二無線鏈路上發送資料單元的第二子集。資料單元可以是根據在本文中描述的通訊方案中的任何通訊方案來發送的。At 1220, wireless device 1205-a can transmit (and wireless device 1205-b can receive) the set of data units. For example, wireless device 1205-a may transmit a first subset of data units on a first wireless link of a multi-link communication period and a second subset of data units on a second wireless link of a multi-link communication period. . The data units may be sent according to any of the communication schemes described herein.

在1225處，無線設備1205-b可以對第一組資料單元和第二組資料單元進行重新排序以產生單個資料傳輸。例如，無線設備1205-b可以執行參考圖11描述的接收方案1100的各態樣。At 1225, wireless device 1205-b may reorder the first set of data units and the second set of data units to produce a single data transmission. For example, wireless device 1205-b may perform aspects of reception scheme 1100 described with reference to FIG. 11.

圖13根據本案內容的各個態樣圖示支援基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的流程1300的實例。在一些實例中，流程1300可以實現WLAN 100的各態樣。例如，流程1300包括無線設備1305-a和無線設備1305-b，其中的各設備可以是如在本文中描述的STA 115或AP 105的實例。在一些情況下，無線設備1305-a可以是參考圖3描述的無線設備305-a的實例，以及無線設備1305-b可以是無線設備305-b的實例。或者，無線設備1305-a可以是無線設備305-b的實例，以及無線設備1305-b可以是無線設備305-a的實例。類似地，無線設備1305-a和無線設備1305-b中的各設備可以是無線設備1205-a和無線設備1205-b中的任何一者的實例。無線設備1305-a和無線設備1305-b可以均額外是參考圖4描述的無線設備455的實例或體現其各態樣。例如，無線設備1305-a和無線設備1305-b可以均包含上MAC和多個下MAC層，以支援在上文中概述的通訊方案的各態樣。此外，儘管在兩個無線設備1305的上下文中描述了流程1300，但要理解的是，在一些情況下，多於兩個的無線設備1305可以執行所描述的技術（例如，如相對於圖9A和9B描述的）。FIG. 13 illustrates an example of a process 1300 for supporting a packet-based link aggregation architecture according to various aspects of the subject matter. In some examples, process 1300 may implement various aspects of WLAN 100. For example, process 1300 includes wireless device 1305-a and wireless device 1305-b, each of which may be an instance of STA 115 or AP 105 as described herein. In some cases, wireless device 1305-a may be an instance of wireless device 305-a described with reference to FIG. 3, and wireless device 1305-b may be an instance of wireless device 305-b. Alternatively, wireless device 1305-a may be an instance of wireless device 305-b, and wireless device 1305-b may be an instance of wireless device 305-a. Similarly, each of wireless device 1305-a and wireless device 1305-b may be an instance of any of wireless device 1205-a and wireless device 1205-b. Wireless device 1305-a and wireless device 1305-b may each additionally be an example of or embody aspects of wireless device 455 described with reference to FIG. 4 . For example, wireless device 1305-a and wireless device 1305-b may each include an upper MAC and multiple lower MAC layers to support various aspects of the communication schemes outlined above. Additionally, although process 1300 is described in the context of two wireless devices 1305 , it is understood that in some cases, more than two wireless devices 1305 may perform the techniques described (e.g., as with respect to FIG. 9A and described in 9B).

在1310處，無線設備1305-a和無線設備1305-b可以建立包括一組無線鏈路的多鏈路通信期，以支援在無線設備1305之間的並行通訊。例如，多鏈路通信期可以是基於參考圖3描述的技術來建立的。在一些情況下，建立多鏈路通信期可以包括：將TA、RA、TID或者其任何組合分配給該組無線鏈路中的各無線鏈路，以及至少部分地基於該分配來建立BA通信期。另外地或替代地，建立多鏈路通信期可以包括：在無線設備1305-a的第一下MAC層與無線設備1305-b的第一下MAC層之間建立第一無線鏈路，以及在無線設備1305-a的第二下MAC層與無線設備1305-b的第二下MAC層之間建立第二無線鏈路，其中給定的無線設備1305的各下MAC層是與給定的無線設備1305的共用上MAC層相通訊的。在一些實例中，建立多鏈路通信期包括：將指令引數的共用值分配給第一無線鏈路和第二無線鏈路，該指令引數包括序號、訊框號、封包號、分段大小、發射器位址、接收器位址、加密金鑰或者其任何組合。例如，分配指令引數的共用值可以包括：辨識用於第一無線鏈路的指令引數的第一值；辨識用於第二無線鏈路的指令引數的第二值；及根據針對指令引數的選擇標準，來將指令引數的第一值或第二值中的一者分配為共用值。At 1310, wireless device 1305-a and wireless device 1305-b may establish a multi-link communication session including a set of wireless links to support parallel communications between wireless devices 1305. For example, a multi-link communication period may be established based on the techniques described with reference to FIG. 3 . In some cases, establishing a multi-link communication period may include assigning a TA, RA, TID, or any combination thereof to each wireless link in the set of wireless links, and establishing a BA communication period based at least in part on the assignment. . Additionally or alternatively, establishing a multi-link communication period may include establishing a first wireless link between a first lower MAC layer of wireless device 1305-a and a first lower MAC layer of wireless device 1305-b, and A second wireless link is established between the second lower MAC layer of wireless device 1305-a and the second lower MAC layer of wireless device 1305-b, where each lower MAC layer of a given wireless device 1305 is connected to a given wireless device 1305-b. Device 1305 communicates on the shared MAC layer. In some examples, establishing a multi-link communication period includes assigning a common value of a command argument to the first wireless link and the second wireless link. The command argument includes a sequence number, a frame number, a packet number, a segment number, and a sequence number. size, transmitter address, receiver address, encryption key, or any combination thereof. For example, assigning a common value of the instruction argument may include: identifying a first value of the instruction argument for the first wireless link; identifying a second value of the instruction argument for the second wireless link; and based on the instruction for the instruction. Argument selection criteria to assign either the first value or the second value of the instruction argument as a common value.

在1315處，無線設備1305-a可以將要發送給無線設備1305-b的資料格式化為一組資料單元。例如，該格式化可以由上MAC層執行，如參考在本文中描述的通訊方案中的任何通訊方案描述的。例如，該格式化可以包括：將單組序號中的相應序號分配給該組資料單元中的各資料單元，該組序號指示用於要發送的資料的該組資料單元的順序。或者，該格式化可以包括：將第一組序號的相應序號分配給要在多鏈路通信期的第一無線鏈路上發送的第一組資料單元中的各資料單元，以及將第二組序號的相應序號分配給要在多鏈路通信期的第二無線鏈路上發送的第二組資料單元中的各資料單元。在一些此種情況下（例如，在各組資料單元與相應的一組序號相關聯的情況），該格式化可以進一步包括：將第三組序號的各序號分配給第一組資料單元或第二組資料單元中的一者，其中第一組資料單元中的各資料單元被分配了第一組序號中的一個序號和第三組序號中的一個序號，並且其中第二組資料單元中的各資料單元被分配了第二組序號中的一個序號和第三組序號中的一個序號。參考傳輸方案1000提供了實例，該傳輸方案1000提供了用於分配共用序號（例如，其可以對應於第三組序號）以及每鏈路序號（例如，其可以對應於第一組序號或第二組序號）的技術。在一些情況下，無線設備1305-a可以將資料編碼為一組編碼符號，以使資料可以是經由對該組編碼符號的子集進行解碼來在無線設備1305-b處恢復的。在此種情況下，無線設備1305-a可以將該組編碼符號格式化為該組資料單元。At 1315, wireless device 1305-a may format the data to be sent to wireless device 1305-b into a set of data units. For example, the formatting may be performed by the upper MAC layer, as described with reference to any of the communication schemes described herein. For example, the formatting may include assigning to each data unit of the set of data units a corresponding sequence number from a single set of sequence numbers indicating the order of the set of data units for the material to be sent. Alternatively, the formatting may include assigning a corresponding sequence number of the first set of sequence numbers to each data unit in the first set of data units to be transmitted over the first wireless link of the multi-link communication period, and assigning a second set of sequence numbers to each data unit. A corresponding sequence number of is assigned to each data unit in the second set of data units to be sent on the second wireless link of the multi-link communication period. In some such cases (for example, where each set of data units is associated with a corresponding set of serial numbers), the formatting may further include assigning each serial number of the third set of serial numbers to the first set of data units or the third set of data units. One of two groups of data units, wherein each data unit in the first group of data units is assigned a serial number in the first group of serial numbers and a serial number in the third group of serial numbers, and wherein each data unit in the second group of data units is assigned a serial number in the first group of serial numbers and a serial number in the third group of serial numbers. Each data unit is assigned a serial number from the second set of serial numbers and a serial number from the third set of serial numbers. An example is provided with reference to transmission scheme 1000 which provides for allocating common sequence numbers (e.g., which may correspond to a third set of sequence numbers) and per-link sequence numbers (e.g., which may correspond to a first set of sequence numbers or a second set of sequence numbers). group number) technology. In some cases, wireless device 1305-a may encode the data into a set of encoded symbols such that the data may be recovered at wireless device 1305-b via decoding a subset of the set of encoded symbols. In this case, wireless device 1305-a may format the set of coded symbols into the set of data units.

在1320處，無線設備1305-a可以將資料單元分配給一或多個發送佇列。例如，無線設備1305-a可以將第一組資料單元分配給用於第一無線鏈路的第一發送佇列，以及將第二組資料單元分配給用於第二無線鏈路的第二發送佇列。或者，無線設備1305-a可以將該組資料單元分配給用於第一無線鏈路和第二無線鏈路的共用發送佇列。在一些此種情況下，無線設備1305-a可以決定指示用於去往無線設備1305-b的傳輸的第一無線鏈路或第二無線鏈路（或兩者）的可用性的參數的值，以及至少部分地基於該參數的值，來將在共用發送佇列中的該組資料單元中的一或多個資料單元分配給第一無線鏈路或第二無線鏈路中的一者。At 1320, wireless device 1305-a may assign the data unit to one or more transmit queues. For example, wireless device 1305-a may assign a first set of data units to a first transmit queue for a first wireless link and a second set of data units to a second transmit queue for a second wireless link. Queue. Alternatively, wireless device 1305-a may assign the set of data units to a common transmit queue for the first wireless link and the second wireless link. In some such cases, wireless device 1305-a may determine a value for a parameter indicating the availability of the first wireless link or the second wireless link (or both) for transmissions to wireless device 1305-b, and allocating one or more data units of the set of data units in the common transmit queue to one of the first wireless link or the second wireless link based at least in part on the value of the parameter.

在1325處，無線設備1305-a可以發送（以及無線設備1305-b可以接收）該組資料單元。例如，無線設備1305-a可以在多鏈路通信期的第一無線鏈路上發送第一組資料單元，以及在多鏈路通信期的第二無線鏈路上發送第二組資料單元。資料單元可以是根據在本文中描述的通訊方案中的任何通訊方案來發送的。例如，無線設備1305-a可以在傳輸之前複製該組資料單元中的一或多個資料單元，其中在第一無線鏈路上發送的第一組資料單元中的至少一個資料單元包括複製的一或多個資料單元的第一部分，並且其中在第二無線鏈路上發送的第二組資料單元中的至少一個資料單元包括複製的一或多個資料單元的第二部分。在一些情況下，發送第一組資料單元包括：辨識對於無線設備1305-a和無線設備1305-b兩者而言已知的假性隨機序列；及使用一組頻率資源來在第一無線鏈路上發送第一組資料單元，該組頻率資源組中的各頻率資源用於根據所辨識的假性隨機序列的傳輸。At 1325, wireless device 1305-a may transmit (and wireless device 1305-b may receive) the set of data units. For example, wireless device 1305-a may transmit a first set of data units on a first wireless link of a multi-link communication period and a second set of data units on a second wireless link of a multi-link communication period. The data units may be sent according to any of the communication schemes described herein. For example, wireless device 1305-a may copy one or more data units in the set of data units prior to transmission, wherein at least one data unit in the first set of data units sent over the first wireless link includes a copied one or A first portion of the plurality of data units, and wherein at least one data unit of the second set of data units transmitted over the second wireless link includes a duplicate second portion of the one or more data units. In some cases, transmitting the first set of data units includes: identifying a pseudorandom sequence known to both wireless device 1305-a and wireless device 1305-b; and using a set of frequency resources to transmit data on the first wireless link. A first group of data units is sent on the road, and each frequency resource in the frequency resource group is used for transmission according to the identified pseudo-random sequence.

在1330處，無線設備1305-b可以對第一組資料單元和第二組資料單元進行重新排序以產生單個資料傳輸。例如，無線設備1305-b可以將第一組資料單元聚合到用於第一無線鏈路的第一接收佇列中，以及將第二組資料單元聚合到用於第二無線鏈路的第二接收佇列中。在一些情況下，對第一組資料單元和第二組資料單元進行重新排序包括：針對各資料單元，辨識在第一組資料單元與第二組資料單元之間共用的一組序號中的一個序號，以及至少部分地基於所辨識的共用序號集合，來對第一組資料單元和第二組資料單元進行重新排序。另外地或替代地，對資料封包進行重新排序可以包括：針對第一組封包中的各封包，從第一組序號中辨識序號，以及針對第二組封包中的各封包，從第二組序號中辨識序號。例如，封包可以是至少部分地基於與各資料封包相關聯的每鏈路序號來重新排序的（如在本文中描述的）。At 1330, wireless device 1305-b may reorder the first set of data units and the second set of data units to produce a single data transmission. For example, wireless device 1305-b may aggregate a first set of data units into a first receive queue for a first wireless link and a second set of data units into a second receive queue for a second wireless link. Receiving queue. In some cases, reordering the first set of data units and the second set of data units includes, for each data unit, identifying one of a set of serial numbers shared between the first set of data units and the second set of data units. sequence numbers, and reordering the first set of data units and the second set of data units based at least in part on the identified set of common sequence numbers. Additionally or alternatively, reordering the data packets may include identifying sequence numbers from a first set of sequence numbers for each packet in the first set of packets, and identifying sequence numbers from a second set of sequence numbers for each packet in the second set of packets. Identify the serial number. For example, packets may be reordered based at least in part on a per-link sequence number associated with each data packet (as described herein).

在1335處，無線設備1305-b可以至少部分地基於對重新排序的第一組資料單元和第二組資料單元的重播檢查（例如，重新查看）來發送BA。例如，該重播檢查可以辨識成功地接收的封包的數量，辨識損壞的封包等等。另外地或替代地，無線設備1305-b可以對重新排序的第一組資料單元和第二組資料單元進行分段整理（例如，如參考接收方案1100描述的）。BA可以是在一或多個鏈路上發送的。例如，其可以是在指定的鏈路（例如，提供足夠覆蓋的RF頻譜的下部分中的鏈路）上發送的。在一些情況下，BA可以是在於其上接收該資料的無線鏈路中的一個（或多個）無線鏈路上發送的。在一些情況下，該BA可以包括或基於各關聯的資料封包的共用SN或每鏈路SN。At 1335, wireless device 1305-b may send the BA based at least in part on a replay check (eg, re-view) of the reordered first and second sets of data units. For example, the replay check can identify the number of successfully received packets, identify corrupted packets, etc. Additionally or alternatively, wireless device 1305-b may segment the reordered first and second sets of data units (eg, as described with reference to reception scheme 1100). BA can be sent on one or more links. For example, it may be sent on a designated link (eg, a link in the lower portion of the RF spectrum that provides adequate coverage). In some cases, the BA may be transmitted over one (or more) of the wireless links on which the material was received. In some cases, the BA may include or be based on a common SN or a per-link SN for each associated data packet.

圖14根據本案內容的各態樣圖示支援基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的無線設備1405的方塊圖1400。無線設備1405可以是如在本文中描述的STA 115或AP 105的各態樣的實例。無線設備1405可以包括接收器1410、通訊管理器1415和發射器1420。無線設備1405亦可以包括處理器。該等元件中的各元件可以相互進行通訊（例如，經由一或多個匯流排）。14 illustrates a block diagram 1400 of a wireless device 1405 that supports a packet-based link aggregation architecture, in accordance with aspects of the disclosure. Wireless device 1405 may be an example of various aspects of STA 115 or AP 105 as described herein. Wireless device 1405 may include a receiver 1410, a communications manager 1415, and a transmitter 1420. Wireless device 1405 may also include a processor. Each of the components may communicate with each other (eg, via one or more buses).

接收器1410可以接收諸如與各個資訊通道（例如，控制通道、資料通道，以及與基於封包的鏈路聚合架構相關的資訊等等）相關聯的封包、使用者資料或者控制資訊的資訊。可以將資訊傳送給該設備的其他元件。接收器1410可以是參考圖17描述的收發機1735的各態樣的實例。接收器1410可以利用單個天線或者一組天線。The receiver 1410 may receive information such as packets, user data, or control information associated with various information channels (eg, control channels, data channels, information related to packet-based link aggregation architecture, etc.). Information can be passed to other components of the device. Receiver 1410 may be an example of aspects of transceiver 1735 described with reference to FIG. 17 . Receiver 1410 may utilize a single antenna or a group of antennas.

通訊管理器1415可以是參考圖17描述的通訊管理器1715的各態樣的實例。通訊管理器1415及/或其各個子元件中的至少一些子元件可以在硬體、由處理器執行的軟體、韌體，或者其任何組合中實現。若在由處理器執行的軟體中實現，通訊管理器1415及/或其各個子元件中的至少一些子元件的功能可以由被設計為執行在本案內容中描述的功能的通用處理器、數位訊號處理器（DSP）、特殊應用積體電路（ASIC）、現場可程式設計閘陣列（FPGA）或者其他可程式設計邏輯裝置、個別閘門或者電晶體邏輯、個別硬體元件或者其任何組合來執行。Communications manager 1415 may be an example of various aspects of communications manager 1715 described with reference to FIG. 17 . Communications manager 1415 and/or at least some of its various sub-components may be implemented in hardware, software executed by a processor, firmware, or any combination thereof. If implemented in software executed by a processor, the functionality of communications manager 1415 and/or at least some of its various subcomponents may be implemented by a general purpose processor, digital signal processor, or processor designed to perform the functions described in this context. Processor (DSP), Application Special Integrated Circuit (ASIC), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, individual gate or transistor logic, individual hardware components, or any combination thereof.

通訊管理器1415及/或其各個子元件中的至少一些子元件可以實體地位於多個位置，包括被分佈以使功能的各部分由一或多個實體設備在不同的實體位置實現。在一些實例中，根據本案內容的各個態樣，通訊管理器1415及/或其各個子元件中的至少一些子元件可以是單獨的和不同的元件。在其他實例中，根據本案內容的各個態樣，通訊管理器1415及/或其各個子元件中的至少一些子元件可以與一或多個其他硬體元件進行組合，該硬體元件包括但不限於：I/O元件、收發機、網路伺服器、另一計算設備、在本案內容中描述的一或多個其他元件或者其組合。Communications manager 1415 and/or at least some of its various sub-elements may be physically located in multiple locations, including being distributed such that portions of functionality are implemented by one or more physical devices at different physical locations. In some examples, communications manager 1415 and/or at least some of its various sub-components may be separate and distinct components according to various aspects of the disclosure. In other examples, according to various aspects of the disclosure, communications manager 1415 and/or at least some of its various sub-components may be combined with one or more other hardware components, including but not Limited to: I/O components, transceivers, network servers, another computing device, one or more other components described in this case, or a combination thereof.

通訊管理器1415可以在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間建立多鏈路通信期，該多鏈路通信期包括用於在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間的並行通訊的一組無線鏈路。通訊管理器1415可以將要發送給第二無線設備的資料格式化為一組資料單元。通訊管理器1415可以在該組無線鏈路中的第一無線鏈路上，向第二無線設備發送該組資料單元中的第一組資料單元，以及在該組無線鏈路中的第二無線鏈路上，向第二無線設備發送該組資料單元中的第二組資料單元。通訊管理器1415亦可以在該組無線鏈路中的第一無線鏈路上，從第二無線設備接收第一組資料單元，以及在該組無線鏈路中的第二無線鏈路，從第二無線設備接收第二組資料單元，以及對第一組資料單元和第二組資料單元進行重新排序，以產生用於第二無線設備的單個資料訊息。Communication manager 1415 may establish a multi-link communication session between the first wireless device and the second wireless device, the multi-link communication session including a link for concurrent communication between the first wireless device and the second wireless device. Group wireless link. Communications manager 1415 may format data to be sent to the second wireless device into a set of data units. The communication manager 1415 may send the first set of data units in the set of data units to the second wireless device on the first wireless link in the set of wireless links, and the second wireless link in the set of wireless links. On the way, a second group of data units in the group of data units is sent to the second wireless device. The communications manager 1415 may also receive a first set of data units from a second wireless device on a first wireless link in the set of wireless links, and a second wireless link in the set of wireless links from a second wireless device. The wireless device receives the second set of data units and reorders the first set of data units and the second set of data units to generate a single data message for the second wireless device.

通訊管理器1415亦可以在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間建立多鏈路通信期，該多鏈路通信期可以包括用於在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間的並行通訊的複數個無線鏈路；及在該複數個無線鏈路上，傳送在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間的並行通訊。The communication manager 1415 may also establish a multi-link communication session between the first wireless device and the second wireless device, which may include parallel communication between the first wireless device and the second wireless device. a plurality of wireless links; and transmitting parallel communications between the first wireless device and the second wireless device on the plurality of wireless links.

發射器1420可以發送由該設備的其他元件產生的信號。在一些實例中，發射器1420可以與接收器1410並置在收發機模組中。例如，發射器1420可以是參考圖17描述的收發機1735的各態樣的實例。發射器1420可以利用單個天線或者一組天線。Transmitter 1420 may transmit signals generated by other elements of the device. In some examples, transmitter 1420 may be collocated with receiver 1410 in a transceiver module. For example, transmitter 1420 may be an example of various aspects of transceiver 1735 described with reference to FIG. 17 . Transmitter 1420 may utilize a single antenna or a group of antennas.

圖15根據本案內容的各態樣圖示支援基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的無線設備1505的方塊圖1500。無線設備1505可以是STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何一者的各態樣的實例。無線設備1505可以包括接收器1510、通訊管理器1515和發射器1520。無線設備1505亦可以包括處理器。該等元件中的各元件可以相互進行通訊（例如，經由一或多個匯流排）。15 illustrates a block diagram 1500 of a wireless device 1505 that supports a packet-based link aggregation architecture, in accordance with aspects of the disclosure. Wireless device 1505 may be an instance of STA 115 or AP 105 or aspects of any of the wireless devices described herein. Wireless device 1505 may include a receiver 1510, a communications manager 1515, and a transmitter 1520. Wireless device 1505 may also include a processor. Each of the components may communicate with each other (eg, via one or more buses).

接收器1510可以接收諸如與各個資訊通道（例如，控制通道、資料通道，以及與基於封包的鏈路聚合架構相關的資訊等等）相關聯的封包、使用者資料或者控制資訊的資訊。可以將資訊傳送給該設備的其他元件。接收器1510可以是參考圖17描述的收發機1735的各態樣的實例。接收器1510可以利用單個天線或者一組天線。The receiver 1510 may receive information such as packets, user data, or control information associated with various information channels (eg, control channels, data channels, information related to packet-based link aggregation architecture, etc.). Information can be passed to other components of the device. Receiver 1510 may be an example of aspects of transceiver 1735 described with reference to FIG. 17 . Receiver 1510 may utilize a single antenna or a group of antennas.

通訊管理器1515可以是參考圖17描述的通訊管理器1715的各態樣的實例。通訊管理器1515亦可以包括多鏈路管理器1525、資料格式管理器1530、第一鏈路控制器1535、第二鏈路控制器1540和重新排序管理器1545。Communications manager 1515 may be an example of various aspects of communications manager 1715 described with reference to FIG. 17 . The communication manager 1515 may also include a multi-link manager 1525, a data format manager 1530, a first link controller 1535, a second link controller 1540 and a reordering manager 1545.

多鏈路管理器1525可以在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間建立多鏈路通信期，該多鏈路通信期包括用於在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間的並行通訊的一組無線鏈路。多鏈路管理器1525可以向該組無線鏈路中的各無線鏈路分配發射器位址，或接收器位址，或訊務辨識符或者其組合。多鏈路管理器1525可以基於該分配，來在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間建立區塊確認通信期。多鏈路管理器1525可以辨識用於第二無線鏈路的指令引數值的第二值。多鏈路管理器1525可以根據針對指令引數的選擇標準，來將該指令引數的第一值或第二值中的一者分配為共用值。多鏈路管理器1525可以在該複數個無線鏈路，傳送在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間的並行通訊。在一些實例中，該複數個無線鏈路在時間上是同步的。另外地或替代地，第一射頻頻譜頻帶可以對複數個無線鏈路進行打孔，第一射頻頻譜頻帶與對應於多鏈路通信期的複數個無線鏈路的複數個射頻頻譜頻帶中的各射頻頻譜頻帶不同。The multi-link manager 1525 may establish a multi-link communication period between the first wireless device and the second wireless device, the multi-link communication period including for concurrent communication between the first wireless device and the second wireless device. a set of wireless links. The multi-link manager 1525 may assign a transmitter address, a receiver address, a traffic identifier, or a combination thereof to each wireless link in the set of wireless links. Multi-link manager 1525 may establish a block acknowledgment communication period between the first wireless device and the second wireless device based on the assignment. Multi-link manager 1525 may identify a second value of the instruction argument value for the second wireless link. The multi-link manager 1525 may assign one of the first value or the second value of the instruction argument as a common value based on selection criteria for the instruction argument. The multi-link manager 1525 can transmit parallel communications between the first wireless device and the second wireless device over the plurality of wireless links. In some instances, the plurality of wireless links are synchronized in time. Additionally or alternatively, the first radio frequency spectrum band may puncture a plurality of wireless links, the first radio frequency spectrum band being associated with each of the plurality of radio frequency spectrum bands corresponding to a plurality of wireless links for a multi-link communication period. The radio frequency spectrum has different frequency bands.

在一些情況下，在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間建立多鏈路通信期包括：在第一無線設備的第一下MAC層與第二無線設備的第一下MAC層之間建立第一無線鏈路。多鏈路管理器1525可以在第一無線設備的第二下MAC層與第二無線設備的第二下MAC層之間建立第二無線鏈路，其中第一無線設備的第一下MAC層和第二下MAC層是與第一無線設備的共同上MAC層相通訊的。在一些情況下，在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間建立多鏈路通信期亦包括：將指令引數的共用值分配給第一無線鏈路和第二無線鏈路，該指令引數包括序號，或訊框號，或封包數，或分段大小，或發射器位址，或接收器位址，或加密金鑰，或者其組合。在一些情況下，分配指令引數的共用值包括：辨識用於第一無線鏈路的指令引數的第一值。In some cases, establishing a multi-link communication period between the first wireless device and the second wireless device includes establishing between a first lower MAC layer of the first wireless device and a first lower MAC layer of the second wireless device. First wireless link. Multi-link manager 1525 may establish a second wireless link between a second lower MAC layer of the first wireless device and a second lower MAC layer of the second wireless device, wherein the first lower MAC layer of the first wireless device and The second lower MAC layer communicates with the common upper MAC layer of the first wireless device. In some cases, establishing a multi-link communication period between the first wireless device and the second wireless device also includes: assigning a common value of an instruction argument to the first wireless link and the second wireless link, and the instruction argument The number includes a sequence number, or frame number, or packet number, or segment size, or transmitter address, or receiver address, or encryption key, or a combination thereof. In some cases, assigning a common value of the instruction argument includes identifying a first value of the instruction argument for the first wireless link.

資料格式管理器1530可以將要發送給第二無線設備的資料格式化為一組資料單元。第一鏈路控制器1535可以在該組無線鏈路中的第一無線鏈路上，向第二無線設備發送該組資料單元中的第一組資料單元。第一鏈路控制器1535可以根據所辨識的假性隨機序列，來使用多鏈路通信期的一組頻率資源來發送第一組資料單元。第一鏈路控制器1535可以在該組無線鏈路中的第一無線鏈路上，從第二無線設備接收第一組資料單元。在一些情況下，發送第一組資料單元包括：辨識對於第一無線設備和第二無線設備兩者而言已知的假性隨機序列。第一鏈路控制器1535可以在該複數個無線鏈路中的第一無線鏈路，與第二無線設備進行通訊。The data format manager 1530 may format data to be sent to the second wireless device into a set of data units. The first link controller 1535 may send the first set of data units in the set of data units to the second wireless device on the first wireless link in the set of wireless links. The first link controller 1535 may use a set of frequency resources in the multi-link communication period to send the first set of data units according to the identified pseudo-random sequence. The first link controller 1535 may receive the first set of data units from the second wireless device over a first wireless link in the set of wireless links. In some cases, sending the first set of data units includes identifying a pseudorandom sequence known to both the first wireless device and the second wireless device. The first link controller 1535 may communicate with the second wireless device on the first wireless link among the plurality of wireless links.

第二鏈路控制器1540可以在該組無線鏈路中的第二無線鏈路上，向第二無線設備發送該組資料單元中的第二組資料單元，以及在該組無線鏈路中的第二無線鏈路上，從第二無線設備接收第二組資料單元。第二鏈路控制器1540可以在該複數個無線鏈路中的第二無線鏈路上，從第二無線設備接收該複數個資料單元中的第二組資料單元。在一些情況下，與第一無線鏈路相比，第二無線鏈路可以是更窄的頻寬或者在更低的頻帶上操作。在一些實例中，在第二無線鏈路上從第二無線設備接收的訊息可以包括：回應於所發送的第一組資料單元的回饋。第二鏈路控制器1540可以在該複數個無線鏈路中的第二無線鏈路上，與第三無線設備進行通訊。The second link controller 1540 may send the second group of data units in the group of data units to the second wireless device on the second wireless link in the group of wireless links, and the second group of data units in the group of wireless links. On the second wireless link, receive a second set of data units from the second wireless device. The second link controller 1540 may receive a second set of the plurality of data units from the second wireless device on a second wireless link of the plurality of wireless links. In some cases, the second wireless link may be of a narrower bandwidth or operate at a lower frequency band than the first wireless link. In some examples, messages received from the second wireless device on the second wireless link may include feedback in response to the sent first set of data units. The second link controller 1540 may communicate with the third wireless device on the second wireless link among the plurality of wireless links.

重新排序管理器1545可以對第一組資料單元和第二組資料單元進行重新排序，以產生用於第二無線設備的單個資料訊息。重新排序管理器1545可以基於所辨識的一組序號，來對第一組資料單元和第二組資料單元進行重新排序，以產生單個資料訊息。重新排序管理器1545可以針對第二組資料單元中的各資料單元，辨識用於第一組資料單元的第二組序號中的一個序號。重新排序管理器1545可以基於所辨識的第一組序號和所辨識的第二組序號，來對第一組資料單元和第二組資料單元進行重新排序，以產生單個資料訊息。重新排序管理器1545可以對重新排序的第一組資料單元和第二組資料單元進行重播檢查。重新排序管理器1545可以對重新排序的第一組資料單元和第二組資料單元進行分段整理。在一些情況下，對第一組資料單元和第二組資料單元進行重新排序以產生用於第二無線設備的單個資料訊息包括：針對第一組資料單元和第二組資料單元中的各資料單元，辨識在第一組資料單元與第二組資料單元之間共同的一組序號中的一個序號。在一些情況下，對第一組資料單元和第二組資料單元進行重新排序以產生用於第二無線設備的單個資料訊息包括：針對第一組資料單元中的各資料單元，辨識用於第一組資料單元的第一組序號中的一個序號。The reordering manager 1545 may reorder the first set of data units and the second set of data units to produce a single data message for the second wireless device. The reordering manager 1545 may reorder the first set of data units and the second set of data units based on the identified set of sequence numbers to generate a single data message. The reordering manager 1545 may identify, for each data unit in the second group of data units, a sequence number in the second set of sequence numbers for the first set of data units. The reordering manager 1545 may reorder the first set of data units and the second set of data units based on the identified first set of sequence numbers and the identified second set of sequence numbers to generate a single data message. The reordering manager 1545 may perform a replay check on the reordered first set of data units and the second set of data units. The reordering manager 1545 may segment the reordered first group of data units and second group of data units. In some cases, reordering the first set of data units and the second set of data units to generate a single data message for the second wireless device includes: for each data in the first set of data units and the second set of data units Unit identifies a serial number in a common set of serial numbers between the first group of data units and the second group of data units. In some cases, reordering the first set of data units and the second set of data units to produce a single data message for the second wireless device includes: for each data unit in the first set of data units, identifying the data unit for the second wireless device. A serial number in the first set of serial numbers of a group of data units.

發射器1520可以發送由該設備的其他元件產生的信號。在一些實例中，發射器1520可以與接收器1510並置在收發機模組中。例如，發射器1520可以是參考圖17描述的收發機1735的各態樣的實例。發射器1520可以利用單個天線或者一組天線。Transmitter 1520 may transmit signals generated by other elements of the device. In some examples, transmitter 1520 may be collocated with receiver 1510 in a transceiver module. For example, transmitter 1520 may be an example of various aspects of transceiver 1735 described with reference to FIG. 17 . Transmitter 1520 may utilize a single antenna or a group of antennas.

圖16根據本案內容的各態樣圖示支援基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的通訊管理器1615的方塊圖1600。通訊管理器1615可以是參考圖14、15和圖17描述的通訊管理器1415、通訊管理器1515或者通訊管理器1715的各態樣的實例。通訊管理器1615可以包括多鏈路管理器1620、資料格式管理器1625、第一鏈路控制器1630、第二鏈路控制器1635、重新排序管理器1640、資料分配管理器1645、序號管理器1650和資料聚合元件1655。該等模組中的各模組可以相互直接地或者間接地進行通訊（例如，經由一或多個匯流排）。16 illustrates a block diagram 1600 of a communications manager 1615 that supports a packet-based link aggregation architecture, in accordance with aspects of the disclosure. Communications manager 1615 may be an example of various aspects of communications manager 1415, communications manager 1515, or communications manager 1715 described with reference to FIGS. 14, 15, and 17. The communication manager 1615 may include a multi-link manager 1620, a data format manager 1625, a first link controller 1630, a second link controller 1635, a reordering manager 1640, a data distribution manager 1645, and a sequence number manager. 1650 and data aggregation element 1655. Each of the modules may communicate with each other directly or indirectly (eg, via one or more buses).

多鏈路管理器1620可以在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間建立多鏈路通信期，該多鏈路通信期包括用於在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間的並行通訊的一組無線鏈路。多鏈路管理器1620可以向該組無線鏈路中的各無線鏈路分配發射器位址，或接收器位址，或訊務辨識符或者其組合。多鏈路管理器1620可以基於該分配，來在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間建立區塊確認通信期。多鏈路管理器1620可以辨識用於第二無線鏈路的指令引數值的第二值，根據針對指令引數的選擇標準，來將該指令引數的第一值或第二值中的一者分配為共用值。多鏈路管理器1620可以在該複數個無線鏈路上，傳送在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間的並行通訊。在一些實例中，該複數個無線鏈路在時間上是同步的。另外地或替代地，第一射頻頻譜頻帶可以對該複數個無線鏈路進行打孔，第一射頻頻譜頻帶與對應於多鏈路通信期的該複數個無線鏈路的複數個射頻頻譜頻帶中的各射頻頻譜頻帶不同。The multi-link manager 1620 may establish a multi-link communication period between the first wireless device and the second wireless device, the multi-link communication period including for concurrent communication between the first wireless device and the second wireless device. a set of wireless links. The multi-link manager 1620 may assign a transmitter address, a receiver address, a traffic identifier, or a combination thereof to each wireless link in the set of wireless links. Multi-link manager 1620 may establish a block acknowledgment communication period between the first wireless device and the second wireless device based on the assignment. The multi-link manager 1620 may identify a second value of the instruction argument value for the second wireless link and change one of the first value or the second value of the instruction argument according to the selection criteria for the instruction argument. are assigned as shared values. The multi-link manager 1620 can transmit parallel communications between the first wireless device and the second wireless device over the plurality of wireless links. In some instances, the plurality of wireless links are synchronized in time. Additionally or alternatively, a first radio frequency spectrum band may puncture the plurality of wireless links, the first radio frequency spectrum band being within a plurality of radio frequency spectrum bands corresponding to the plurality of wireless links for a multi-link communication period. Each radio frequency spectrum band is different.

在一些情況下，在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間建立多鏈路通信期包括：在第一無線設備的第一下MAC層與第二無線設備的第一下MAC層之間建立第一無線鏈路。多鏈路管理器1620可以在第一無線設備的第二下MAC層與第二無線設備的第二下MAC層之間建立第二無線鏈路，其中第一無線設備的第一下MAC層和第二下MAC層是與第一無線設備的共同上MAC層相通訊的。在一些情況下，在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間建立多鏈路通信期亦包括：將指令引數的共用值分配給第一無線鏈路和第二無線鏈路，該指令引數包括序號，或訊框號，或封包數，或分段大小，或發射器位址，或接收器位址，或加密金鑰，或者其組合。在一些情況下，分配指令引數的共用值包括：辨識用於第一無線鏈路的指令引數的第一值。In some cases, establishing a multi-link communication period between the first wireless device and the second wireless device includes establishing between a first lower MAC layer of the first wireless device and a first lower MAC layer of the second wireless device. First wireless link. Multi-link manager 1620 may establish a second wireless link between a second lower MAC layer of the first wireless device and a second lower MAC layer of the second wireless device, wherein the first lower MAC layer of the first wireless device and The second lower MAC layer communicates with the common upper MAC layer of the first wireless device. In some cases, establishing a multi-link communication period between the first wireless device and the second wireless device also includes: assigning a common value of an instruction argument to the first wireless link and the second wireless link, and the instruction argument The number includes a sequence number, or frame number, or packet number, or segment size, or transmitter address, or receiver address, or encryption key, or a combination thereof. In some cases, assigning a common value of the instruction argument includes identifying a first value of the instruction argument for the first wireless link.

資料格式管理器1625可以將要發送給第二無線設備的資料格式化為一組資料單元。資料格式管理器1625可以將資料編碼為一組編碼符號，以使該資料可以是經由對該複數個編碼符號的子集進行解碼來在第二無線設備處恢復的，以及可以將該組編碼符號格式化為該一組資料單元。第一鏈路控制器1630可以在該組無線鏈路中的第一無線鏈路上，向第二無線設備發送該組資料單元中的第一組資料單元。第一鏈路控制器1630可以根據所辨識的假性隨機序列，來使用多鏈路通信期的一組頻率資源來發送第一組資料單元。第一鏈路控制器1630可以在該組無線鏈路中的第一無線鏈路上，從第二無線設備接收第一組資料單元。在一些情況下，發送第一組資料單元包括：辨識對於第一無線設備和第二無線設備兩者而言已知的假性隨機序列。第一鏈路控制器1630可以在該複數個無線鏈路中的第一無線鏈路上，與第二無線設備進行通訊。The data format manager 1625 may format data to be sent to the second wireless device into a set of data units. The data format manager 1625 may encode the data into a set of encoded symbols such that the data may be recovered at the second wireless device by decoding a subset of the plurality of encoded symbols, and the set of encoded symbols may be Formatted as this set of data units. The first link controller 1630 may send the first group of data units in the group of data units to the second wireless device on the first wireless link in the group of wireless links. The first link controller 1630 may use a set of frequency resources in the multi-link communication period to send the first set of data units according to the identified pseudo-random sequence. The first link controller 1630 may receive the first set of data units from the second wireless device on a first wireless link in the set of wireless links. In some cases, sending the first set of data units includes identifying a pseudorandom sequence known to both the first wireless device and the second wireless device. The first link controller 1630 may communicate with the second wireless device on the first wireless link among the plurality of wireless links.

第二鏈路控制器1635可以在該組無線鏈路中的第二無線鏈路上，向第二無線設備發送該組資料單元中的第二組資料單元，以及在該組無線鏈路中的第二無線鏈路上，從第二無線設備接收第二組資料單元。第二鏈路控制器1640可以在該複數個無線鏈路中的第二無線鏈路上，從第二無線設備接收該複數個資料單元中的第二組資料單元。在一些情況下，與第一無線鏈路相比，第二無線鏈路可以是更窄的頻寬或者在更低的頻帶上操作。在一些實例中，在第二無線鏈路上從第二無線設備接收的訊息可以包括：回應於所發送的第一組資料單元的回饋（例如，傳輸參數或確認）。該回饋可以是如在本文中描述的即時回饋。第二鏈路控制器1640可以在該複數個無線鏈路中的第二無線鏈路上，與第三無線設備進行通訊。The second link controller 1635 may send the second set of data units in the set of data units to the second wireless device on the second wireless link in the set of wireless links, and the second set of data units in the set of wireless links. On the second wireless link, receive a second set of data units from the second wireless device. The second link controller 1640 may receive a second set of the plurality of data units from the second wireless device on a second wireless link of the plurality of wireless links. In some cases, the second wireless link may be of a narrower bandwidth or operate at a lower frequency band than the first wireless link. In some examples, messages received from the second wireless device on the second wireless link may include feedback (eg, transmission parameters or acknowledgments) in response to the sent first set of data units. The feedback may be instant feedback as described herein. The second link controller 1640 may communicate with the third wireless device on the second wireless link among the plurality of wireless links.

重新排序管理器1640可以對第一組資料單元和第二組資料單元進行重新排序，以產生用於第二無線設備的單個資料訊息。重新排序管理器1640可以基於所辨識的一組序號，來對第一組資料單元和第二組資料單元進行重新排序，以產生單個資料訊息。重新排序管理器1640可以針對第二組資料單元中的各資料單元，辨識用於第一組資料單元的第二組序號中的一個序號。重新排序管理器1640可以基於所辨識的第一組序號和所辨識的第二組序號，來對第一組資料單元和第二組資料單元進行重新排序，以產生單個資料訊息。重新排序管理器1640可以對重新排序的第一組資料單元和第二組資料單元進行重播檢查。重新排序管理器1640可以對重新排序的第一組資料單元和第二組資料單元進行分段整理。在一些情況下，對第一組資料單元和第二組資料單元進行重新排序以產生用於第二無線設備的單個資料訊息包括：針對第一組資料單元和第二組資料單元中的各資料單元，辨識在第一組資料單元與第二組資料單元之間共同的一組序號中的一個序號。在一些情況下，對第一組資料單元和第二組資料單元進行重新排序以產生用於第二無線設備的單個資料訊息包括：針對第一組資料單元中的各資料單元，辨識用於第一組資料單元的第一組序號中的一個序號。Reordering manager 1640 may reorder the first set of data units and the second set of data units to produce a single data message for the second wireless device. The reordering manager 1640 may reorder the first set of data units and the second set of data units based on the identified set of sequence numbers to generate a single data message. The reordering manager 1640 may identify, for each data unit in the second group of data units, a sequence number in the second set of sequence numbers for the first set of data units. The reordering manager 1640 may reorder the first set of data units and the second set of data units based on the identified first set of sequence numbers and the identified second set of sequence numbers to generate a single data message. The reordering manager 1640 may perform a replay check on the reordered first set of data units and the second set of data units. The reordering manager 1640 may segment the reordered first set of data units and the second set of data units. In some cases, reordering the first set of data units and the second set of data units to generate a single data message for the second wireless device includes: for each data in the first set of data units and the second set of data units Unit identifies a serial number in a common set of serial numbers between the first group of data units and the second group of data units. In some cases, reordering the first set of data units and the second set of data units to produce a single data message for the second wireless device includes: for each data unit in the first set of data units, identifying the data unit for the second wireless device. A serial number in the first set of serial numbers of a group of data units.

資料分配管理器1645可以將第一組資料單元分配給用於第一無線鏈路的第一發送佇列。資料分配管理器1645可以將該一組資料單元分配給用於第一無線鏈路和第二無線鏈路的共用發送佇列。資料分配管理器1645可以將第二組資料單元分配給用於第二無線鏈路的第二發送佇列。資料分配管理器1645可以決定用於指示去往第二無線設備的傳輸的第一無線鏈路，或第二無線鏈路，或兩者的可用性的參數的值。資料分配管理器1645可以基於該參數的值，來將在共用發送佇列中的一組資料單元中的一或多個資料單元分配給第一無線鏈路或第二無線鏈路中的一者。資料分配管理器1645可以在傳輸之前，複製該一組資料單元中的一或多個資料單元，其中在第一無線鏈路上發送的第一組資料單元中的至少一個資料單元包括複製的一或多個資料單元，並且其中在第二無線鏈路上發送的第二組資料單元中的至少一個資料單元包括複製的一或多個資料單元。The data allocation manager 1645 may allocate the first set of data units to the first transmit queue for the first wireless link. The data allocation manager 1645 may allocate the set of data units to a common transmit queue for the first wireless link and the second wireless link. The data allocation manager 1645 may allocate the second set of data units to the second transmit queue for the second wireless link. The data distribution manager 1645 may determine the value of a parameter indicating the availability of the first wireless link, the second wireless link, or both, for transmission to the second wireless device. The data allocation manager 1645 may allocate one or more data units from a set of data units in the common transmit queue to one of the first wireless link or the second wireless link based on the value of the parameter. . The data distribution manager 1645 may copy one or more data units in the set of data units prior to transmission, wherein at least one data unit in the first set of data units sent over the first wireless link includes a copied one or more data units. A plurality of data units, and wherein at least one data unit of the second set of data units sent over the second wireless link includes a duplicate of one or more data units.

序號管理器1650可以將一組序號中的相應序號分配給一組資料單元中的各資料單元，該組序號指示用於資料的一組資料單元的順序。序號管理器1650可以將第一組序號中的相應序號分配給要在第一無線鏈路上發送的第一組資料單元中的各資料單元。序號管理器1650可以將第二組序號中的相應序號分配給要在第二無線鏈路上發送的第二組資料單元中的各資料單元。序號管理器1650可以將第三組序號中的各序號分配給第一組資料單元或第二組資料單元中的一者，其中第一組資料單元中的各資料單元被分配給第一組序號中的一個序號和第三組序號中的一個序號，並且其中第二組資料單元中的各資料單元被分配給第二組序號中的一個序號和第三組序號中的一個序號。The sequence number manager 1650 may assign to each data unit a set of data units a corresponding sequence number from a set of sequence numbers indicating the order of the set of data units for the data. The sequence number manager 1650 may assign a corresponding sequence number in the first set of sequence numbers to each data unit in the first set of data units to be sent over the first wireless link. The sequence number manager 1650 may assign a corresponding sequence number in the second set of sequence numbers to each data unit in the second set of data units to be sent over the second wireless link. The serial number manager 1650 may assign each serial number in the third group of serial numbers to one of the first group of data units or the second group of data units, wherein each data unit in the first group of data units is assigned to the first group of serial numbers. A serial number in the second group of serial numbers and a serial number in the third group of serial numbers, and each data unit in the second group of data units is assigned to a serial number in the second group of serial numbers and a serial number in the third group of serial numbers.

資料聚合元件1655可以將第一組資料單元聚合到用於第一無線鏈路的第一接收佇列中，以及將第二組資料單元聚合到用於第二無線鏈路的第二接收佇列中。Data aggregation element 1655 may aggregate the first set of data units into a first receive queue for the first wireless link and the second set of data units into a second receive queue for the second wireless link. middle.

圖17根據本案內容的各態樣圖示包括支援基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的設備1705的系統1700的示意圖。設備1705可以是STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何一者的實例，或者包括STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備的元件。設備1705可以包括用於雙向語音和資料通訊的元件，其包括用於發送通訊的元件和用於接收通訊的元件，包括通訊管理器1715、處理器1720、記憶體1725、軟體1730、收發機1735、天線1740和I/O控制器1745。該等元件可以經由一或多個匯流排（例如，匯流排1710）進行電子通訊。17 illustrates a schematic diagram of a system 1700 including a device 1705 that supports a packet-based link aggregation architecture, in accordance with aspects of the disclosure. Device 1705 may be an instance of, or include elements of, STA 115 or AP 105 or any of the wireless devices described herein. Device 1705 may include components for two-way voice and data communications, including components for sending communications and components for receiving communications, including communications manager 1715, processor 1720, memory 1725, software 1730, transceiver 1735 , antenna 1740 and I/O controller 1745. These components may communicate electronically via one or more buses (eg, bus 1710).

處理器1720可以包括智慧硬體設備（例如，通用處理器、DSP、中央處理單元（CPU）、微控制器、ASIC、FPGA、可程式設計邏輯裝置、個別閘門或電晶體邏輯元件、個別硬體元件或者其任何組合）。在一些情況下，處理器1720可以被配置為使用記憶體控制器來操作記憶體陣列。在其他情況下，記憶體控制器可以整合到處理器1720中。處理器1720可以被配置為執行儲存在記憶體中的電腦可讀取指令，以執行各種功能（例如，支援基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的功能或任務）。Processor 1720 may include an intelligent hardware device (e.g., general-purpose processor, DSP, central processing unit (CPU), microcontroller, ASIC, FPGA, programmable logic device, individual gate or transistor logic elements, individual hardware components or any combination thereof). In some cases, processor 1720 may be configured to operate a memory array using a memory controller. In other cases, the memory controller may be integrated into processor 1720. The processor 1720 may be configured to execute computer-readable instructions stored in memory to perform various functions (eg, supporting functions or tasks of a packet-based link aggregation architecture).

記憶體1725可以包括隨機存取記憶體（RAM）和唯讀記憶體（ROM）。記憶體1725可以儲存包括指令的電腦可讀、電腦可執行軟體1730，當該指令被執行時，使得處理器執行在本文中描述的各種功能。在一些情況下，記憶體1725可以包含能夠控制基本硬體或者軟體操作（諸如與周邊元件或者設備的互動）的基本輸入/輸出系統（BIOS）等。Memory 1725 may include random access memory (RAM) and read only memory (ROM). Memory 1725 may store computer-readable, computer-executable software 1730 including instructions that, when executed, cause the processor to perform the various functions described herein. In some cases, memory 1725 may include a basic input/output system (BIOS) or the like capable of controlling basic hardware or software operations, such as interaction with peripheral components or devices.

軟體1730可以包括用於實現本案內容的各態樣的代碼，其包括支援基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的代碼。軟體1730可以儲存在諸如系統記憶體或其他記憶體的非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體中。在一些情況下，軟體1730可以不直接地由處理器執行，而是使得電腦（例如，當被編譯和執行時）執行在本文中描述的功能。Software 1730 may include code for implementing various aspects of the present invention, including code supporting packet-based link aggregation architecture. Software 1730 may be stored in non-transitory computer-readable media such as system memory or other memory. In some cases, software 1730 may not be executed directly by the processor, but rather cause the computer (eg, when compiled and executed) to perform the functions described herein.

收發機1735可以經由一或多個天線、有線鏈路或無線鏈路進行雙向通訊，如在本文中描述的。例如，收發機1735可以表示無線收發機，以及可以與另一無線收發機進行雙向通訊。收發機1735亦可以包括數據機，以對封包進行調變和將調變後的封包提供給天線以進行傳輸，以及對從天線接收的封包進行解調。在一些情況下，該無線設備可以包括單個天線1740。然而，在一些情況下，該設備可以具有多於一個的天線1740，天線1740能夠併發地發送或接收多個無線傳輸。Transceiver 1735 may communicate bidirectionally via one or more antennas, wired links, or wireless links, as described herein. For example, transceiver 1735 may represent a wireless transceiver and may be in two-way communication with another wireless transceiver. The transceiver 1735 may also include a modem to modulate the packets and provide the modulated packets to the antenna for transmission, and to demodulate the packets received from the antenna. In some cases, the wireless device may include a single antenna 1740. However, in some cases, the device may have more than one antenna 1740 capable of transmitting or receiving multiple wireless transmissions concurrently.

I/O控制器1745可以管理針對設備1705的輸入和輸出信號。I/O控制器1745亦可以管理沒有整合到設備1705中的周邊設備。在一些情況下，I/O控制器1745可以表示去往外部的周邊設備的實體連接或埠。在一些情況下，I/O控制器1745可以利用諸如iOS®、ANDROID®、MS-DOS®、MS-WINDOWS®、OS/2®、UNIX®、LINUX®的作業系統或者另一已知的作業系統。在其他情況下，I/O控制器1745可以表示數據機、鍵盤、滑鼠、觸控式螢幕或者類似的設備，或者與該等設備進行互動。在一些情況下，I/O控制器1745可以實現為處理器的一部分。在一些情況下，使用者可以經由I/O控制器1745或者經由由I/O控制器1745控制的硬體元件，來與設備1705進行互動。I/O controller 1745 can manage input and output signals to device 1705 . I/O controller 1745 may also manage peripheral devices that are not integrated into device 1705. In some cases, I/O controller 1745 may represent a physical connection or port to external peripheral devices. In some cases, the I/O controller 1745 may utilize an operating system such as iOS®, ANDROID®, MS-DOS®, MS-WINDOWS®, OS/2®, UNIX®, LINUX®, or another known operating system system. In other cases, I/O controller 1745 may represent or interact with a modem, keyboard, mouse, touch screen, or similar device. In some cases, I/O controller 1745 may be implemented as part of the processor. In some cases, a user may interact with device 1705 via I/O controller 1745 or via hardware components controlled by I/O controller 1745 .

圖18根據本案內容的各態樣圖示說明用於基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的方法1800的流程圖。方法1800的操作可以由STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備來實現。例如，方法1800的操作可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的通訊管理器來執行。在一些實例中，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以執行代碼集合來控制該設備的功能元件，以執行在本文中描述的功能。另外地或替代地，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以使用專用硬體來執行在本文中描述的功能的各態樣。18 illustrates a flowchart of a method 1800 for a packet-based link aggregation architecture in accordance with aspects of the disclosure. The operations of method 1800 may be performed by STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein. For example, the operations of method 1800 may be performed by a communications manager as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17. In some examples, STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may execute a set of code to control functional elements of the device to perform the functions described herein. Additionally or alternatively, STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may use dedicated hardware to perform aspects of the functionality described herein.

在1805處，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間建立多鏈路通信期，該多鏈路通信期包括用於在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間的並行通訊的複數個無線鏈路。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行1805的操作。在某些實例中，1805的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的多鏈路管理器來執行。At 1805, STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may establish a multi-link communication period between the first wireless device and the second wireless device, the multi-link communication period including using A plurality of wireless links for parallel communication between the first wireless device and the second wireless device. The operations of 1805 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1805 may be performed by a multi-link manager as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

在1810處，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以將要發送給第二無線設備的資料格式化為複數個資料單元。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行1810的操作。在某些實例中，1810的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的資料格式管理器來執行。At 1810, the STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may format data to be sent to the second wireless device into a plurality of data units. The operations of 1810 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1810 may be performed by a data format manager as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

在1815處，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以在該複數個無線鏈路中的第一無線鏈路上，向第二無線設備發送該複數個資料單元中的第一組資料單元。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行1815的操作。在某些實例中，1815的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的第一鏈路控制器來執行。At 1815, the STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may transmit the plurality of data units to a second wireless device over a first of the plurality of wireless links. The first set of data units. The operations of 1815 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1815 may be performed by a first link controller as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

在1820處，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以在該複數個無線鏈路中的第二無線鏈路上，向第二無線設備發送該複數個資料單元中的第二組資料單元。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行1820的操作。在某些實例中，1820的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的第二鏈路控制器來執行。At 1820, the STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may transmit the plurality of data units to the second wireless device over a second of the plurality of wireless links. The second set of data units. The operations of 1820 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1820 may be performed by a second link controller as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

圖19根據本案內容的各態樣圖示說明用於基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的方法1900的流程圖。方法1900的操作可以由STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備或者其元件來實現。例如，方法1900的操作可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的通訊管理器來執行。在一些實例中，STA 115或AP 105或者如在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以執行代碼集合來控制該設備的功能元件，以執行在本文中描述的功能。另外地或替代地，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以使用專用硬體來執行在本文中描述的功能的各態樣。19 illustrates a flowchart of a method 1900 for a packet-based link aggregation architecture according to aspects of the subject matter. The operations of method 1900 may be performed by STA 115 or AP 105 or any of the wireless devices described herein or elements thereof. For example, the operations of method 1900 may be performed by a communications manager as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17. In some examples, STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices as described herein, may execute a set of code to control functional elements of the device to perform the functions described herein. Additionally or alternatively, STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may use dedicated hardware to perform aspects of the functionality described herein.

在1905處，STA 115或AP 105或者如在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以在第一無線設備和第二無線設備之間建立多鏈路通信期，該多鏈路通信期包括用於在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間的並行通訊的複數個無線鏈路。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行1905的操作。在某些實例中，1905的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的多鏈路管理器來執行。At 1905, STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices as described herein, may establish a multi-link communication period between the first wireless device and the second wireless device, the multi-link communication period including A plurality of wireless links for parallel communications between a first wireless device and a second wireless device. The operations of 1905 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1905 may be performed by a multi-link manager as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

在1910處，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以將要發送給第二無線設備的資料格式化為複數個資料單元。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行1910的操作。在某些實例中，1910的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的資料格式管理器來執行。At 1910, the STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may format data to be sent to the second wireless device into a plurality of data units. The operations of 1910 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1910 may be performed by a data format manager as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

在1915處，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以將第一組資料單元分配給用於第一無線鏈路的第一發送佇列。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行1915的操作。在某些實例中，1915的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的資料分配管理器來執行。At 1915, the STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may assign the first set of data units to the first transmit queue for the first wireless link. The operations of 1915 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1915 may be performed by a material distribution manager as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

在1920處，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以將第二組資料單元分配給用於第二無線鏈路的第二發送佇列。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行1920的操作。在某些實例中，1920的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的資料分配管理器來執行。At 1920, the STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may assign the second set of data units to the second transmit queue for the second wireless link. The operations of 1920 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1920 may be performed by a material distribution manager as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

在1925處，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以在該複數個無線鏈路中的第一無線鏈路上，向第二無線設備發送該複數個資料單元中的第一組資料單元。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行1925的操作。在某些實例中，1925的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的第一鏈路控制器來執行。At 1925, STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may transmit the plurality of data units to a second wireless device over a first of the plurality of wireless links. The first set of data units. The operations of 1925 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1925 may be performed by a first link controller as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

在1930處，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以在該複數個無線鏈路中的第二無線鏈路上，向第二無線設備發送該複數個資料單元中的第二組資料單元。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行1930的操作。在某些實例中，1930的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的第二鏈路控制器來執行。At 1930, the STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may transmit the plurality of data units to the second wireless device over a second of the plurality of wireless links. The second set of data units. The operations of 1930 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 1930 may be performed by a second link controller as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

圖20根據本案內容的各態樣圖示說明用於基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的方法2000的流程圖。方法2000的操作可以由STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備或者其元件來實現。例如，方法2000的操作可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的通訊管理器來執行。在一些實例中，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以執行代碼集合來控制該設備的功能元件，以執行在本文中描述的功能。另外地或替代地，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以使用專用硬體來執行在本文中描述的功能的各態樣。20 illustrates a flowchart of a method 2000 for a packet-based link aggregation architecture according to aspects of the subject matter. The operations of method 2000 may be performed by STA 115 or AP 105 or any of the wireless devices described herein or elements thereof. For example, the operations of method 2000 may be performed by a communications manager as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17. In some examples, STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may execute a set of code to control functional elements of the device to perform the functions described herein. Additionally or alternatively, STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may use dedicated hardware to perform aspects of the functionality described herein.

在2005處，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間建立多鏈路通信期，該多鏈路通信期包括用於在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間的並行通訊的複數個無線鏈路。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行2005的操作。在某些實例中，2005的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的多鏈路管理器來執行。At 2005, STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may establish a multi-link communication period between the first wireless device and the second wireless device, the multi-link communication period including using A plurality of wireless links for parallel communication between the first wireless device and the second wireless device. The operations of 2005 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2005 may be performed by a multi-link manager as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

在2010處，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以將要發送給第二無線設備的資料格式化為複數個資料單元。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行2010的操作。在某些實例中，2010的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的資料格式管理器來執行。At 2010, the STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may format data to be sent to the second wireless device into a plurality of data units. The operations of 2010 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2010 may be performed by a data format manager as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

在2015處，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以將該複數個資料單元分配給用於第一無線鏈路和第二無線鏈路的共用發送佇列。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行2015的操作。在某些實例中，2015的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的資料分配管理器來執行。At 2015, STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may allocate the plurality of data units to a common transmit queue for the first wireless link and the second wireless link. The operations of 2015 can be performed according to the methods described in this article. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2015 may be performed by a material distribution manager as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

在2020處，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以在該複數個無線鏈路中的第一無線鏈路上，向第二無線設備發送該複數個資料單元中的第一組資料單元。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行2020的操作。在某些實例中，2020的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的第一鏈路控制器來執行。At 2020, STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may transmit the plurality of data units to a second wireless device over a first of the plurality of wireless links. The first set of data units. The operations of 2020 can be performed according to the methods described in this article. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2020 may be performed by a first link controller as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

在2025處，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以在該複數個無線鏈路中的第二無線鏈路上，向第二無線設備發送該複數個資料單元中的第二組資料單元。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行2025的操作。在某些實例中，2025的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的第二鏈路控制器來執行。At 2025, STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may transmit the plurality of data units to a second wireless device over a second of the plurality of wireless links. The second set of data units. The operations of 2025 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2025 may be performed by a second link controller as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

圖21根據本案內容的各態樣圖示說明用於基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的方法2100的流程圖。方法2100的操作可以由STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備或者其元件來實現。例如，方法2100的操作可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的通訊管理器來執行。在一些實例中，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以執行代碼集合來控制該設備的功能元件，以執行在本文中描述的功能。另外地或替代地，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以使用專用硬體來執行在本文中描述的功能的各態樣。21 illustrates a flowchart of a method 2100 for a packet-based link aggregation architecture according to aspects of the subject matter. The operations of method 2100 may be performed by STA 115 or AP 105 or any of the wireless devices described herein or elements thereof. For example, the operations of method 2100 may be performed by a communications manager as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17. In some examples, STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may execute a set of code to control functional elements of the device to perform the functions described herein. Additionally or alternatively, STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may use dedicated hardware to perform aspects of the functionality described herein.

在2105處，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間建立多鏈路通信期，該多鏈路通信期包括用於在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間的並行通訊的複數個無線鏈路。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行2105的操作。在某些實例中，2105的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的多鏈路管理器來執行。At 2105, the STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may establish a multi-link communication period between the first wireless device and the second wireless device, the multi-link communication period including using A plurality of wireless links for parallel communication between the first wireless device and the second wireless device. The operations of 2105 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2105 may be performed by a multi-link manager as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

在2110處，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以在該複數個無線鏈路中的第一無線鏈路上，從第二無線設備接收第一組資料單元。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行2110的操作。在某些實例中，2110的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的第一鏈路控制器來執行。At 2110, the STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may receive a first set of data units from a second wireless device over a first of the plurality of wireless links. The operations of 2110 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2110 may be performed by a first link controller as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

在2115處，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以在該複數個無線鏈路中的第二無線鏈路上，從第二無線設備接收第二組資料單元。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行2115的操作。在某些實例中，2115的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的第二鏈路控制器來執行。At 2115, the STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may receive a second set of data units from the second wireless device on a second of the plurality of wireless links. The operations of 2115 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2115 may be performed by a second link controller as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

在2120處，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以對第一組資料單元和第二組資料單元進行重新排序，以產生用於第二無線設備的單個資料訊息。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行2120的操作。在某些實例中，2120的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的重新排序管理器來執行。At 2120, the STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may reorder the first set of data units and the second set of data units to produce a single data set for the second wireless device. message. The operations of 2120 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2120 may be performed by a reordering manager as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

圖22根據本案內容的各態樣圖示說明用於基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的方法2200的流程圖。方法2200的操作可以由STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備或者其元件來實現。例如，方法2200的操作可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的通訊管理器來執行。在一些實例中，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以執行代碼集合來控制該設備的功能元件，以執行在本文中描述的功能。另外地或替代地，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以使用專用硬體來執行在本文中描述的功能的各態樣。22 illustrates a flowchart of a method 2200 for a packet-based link aggregation architecture according to aspects of the subject matter. The operations of method 2200 may be performed by STA 115 or AP 105 or any of the wireless devices described herein or elements thereof. For example, the operations of method 2200 may be performed by a communications manager as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17. In some examples, STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may execute a set of code to control functional elements of the device to perform the functions described herein. Additionally or alternatively, STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may use dedicated hardware to perform aspects of the functionality described herein.

在2205處，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間建立多鏈路通信期，該多鏈路通信期包括用於在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間的並行通訊的複數個無線鏈路。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行2205的操作。在某些實例中，2205的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的多鏈路管理器來執行。At 2205, STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may establish a multi-link communication period between the first wireless device and the second wireless device, the multi-link communication period including using A plurality of wireless links for parallel communication between the first wireless device and the second wireless device. The operations of 2205 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2205 may be performed by a multi-link manager as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

在2210處，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以在該複數個無線鏈路中的第一無線鏈路上，從第二無線設備接收第一組資料單元。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行2210的操作。在某些實例中，2210的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的第一鏈路控制器來執行。At 2210, STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may receive a first set of data units from a second wireless device over a first of the plurality of wireless links. The operations of 2210 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2210 may be performed by a first link controller as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

在2215處，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以在該複數個無線鏈路中的第二無線鏈路上，從第二無線設備接收第二組資料單元。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行2215的操作。在某些實例中，2215的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的第二鏈路控制器來執行。At 2215, the STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may receive a second set of data units from the second wireless device on a second of the plurality of wireless links. The operations of 2215 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2215 may be performed by a second link controller as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

在2220處，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以將第一組資料單元聚合到用於第一無線鏈路的第一接收佇列中。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行2220的操作。在某些實例中，2220的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的資料聚合元件來執行。At 2220, STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may aggregate the first set of data units into a first receive queue for the first wireless link. The operations of 2220 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2220 may be performed by data aggregation elements as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

在2225處，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以將第二組資料單元聚合到用於第二無線鏈路的第二接收佇列中。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行2225的操作。在某些實例中，2225的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的資料聚合元件來執行。At 2225, STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may aggregate the second set of data units into a second receive queue for the second wireless link. The operations of 2225 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2225 may be performed by data aggregation elements as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

在2230處，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以對第一組資料單元和第二組資料單元進行重新排序，以產生用於第二無線設備的單個資料訊息。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行2230的操作。在某些實例中，2230的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的重新排序管理器來執行。At 2230, the STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may reorder the first set of data units and the second set of data units to produce a single data set for the second wireless device. message. The operations of 2230 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2230 may be performed by a reordering manager as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

圖23根據本案內容的各態樣圖示說明用於基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的方法2300的流程圖。方法2300的操作可以由STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備或者其元件來實現。例如，方法2300的操作可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的通訊管理器來執行。在一些實例中，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以執行代碼集合來控制該設備的功能元件，以執行在本文中描述的功能。另外地或替代地，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以使用專用硬體來執行在本文中描述的功能的各態樣。23 illustrates a flowchart of a method 2300 for a packet-based link aggregation architecture according to aspects of the subject matter. The operations of method 2300 may be performed by STA 115 or AP 105 or any of the wireless devices described herein or elements thereof. For example, the operations of method 2300 may be performed by a communications manager as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17. In some examples, STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may execute a set of code to control functional elements of the device to perform the functions described herein. Additionally or alternatively, STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may use dedicated hardware to perform aspects of the functionality described herein.

在2305處，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間建立多鏈路通信期，該多鏈路通信期包括用於在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間的並行通訊的複數個無線鏈路。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行2305的操作。在某些實例中，2305的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的多鏈路管理器來執行。At 2305, STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may establish a multi-link communication period between the first wireless device and the second wireless device, the multi-link communication period including using A plurality of wireless links for parallel communication between the first wireless device and the second wireless device. The operations of 2305 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2305 may be performed by a multi-link manager as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

在2310處，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以在該複數個無線鏈路中的第一無線鏈路上，從第二無線設備接收第一組資料單元。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行2310的操作。在某些實例中，2310的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的第一鏈路控制器來執行。At 2310, the STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may receive a first set of data units from a second wireless device over a first of the plurality of wireless links. The operations of 2310 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2310 may be performed by a first link controller as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

在2315處，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以在該複數個無線鏈路中的第二無線鏈路上，從第二無線設備接收第二組資料單元。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來來執行2315的操作。在某些實例中，2315的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的第二鏈路控制器來執行。At 2315, the STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may receive a second set of data units from the second wireless device on a second of the plurality of wireless links. The operations of 2315 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2315 may be performed by a second link controller as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

在2320處，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以對第一組資料單元和第二組資料單元進行重新排序，以產生用於第二無線設備的單個資料訊息。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行2320的操作。在某些實例中，2320的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的重新排序管理器來執行。At 2320, the STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may reorder the first set of data units and the second set of data units to produce a single data set for the second wireless device. message. The operations of 2320 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2320 may be performed by a reordering manager as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

在2325處，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以對重新排序的第一組資料單元和第二組資料單元進行重播檢查。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行2325的操作。在某些實例中，2325的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的重新排序管理器來執行。At 2325, the STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may perform a replay check on the reordered first and second sets of data units. The operations of 2325 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2325 may be performed by a reordering manager as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

在2330處，STA 115或AP 105或者在本文中描述的無線設備中的任何無線設備可以對重新排序的第一組資料單元和第二組資料單元進行分段整理。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行2330的操作。在某些實例中，2330的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的重新排序管理器來執行。At 2330, the STA 115 or AP 105, or any of the wireless devices described herein, may segment the reordered first and second sets of data units. The operations of 2330 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2330 may be performed by a reordering manager as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

圖24根據本案內容的各態樣圖示說明支援基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的方法2400的流程圖。方法2400的操作可以由如在本文中描述的無線設備或者其元件來實現。例如，方法2400的操作可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的通訊管理器來執行。在一些實例中，無線設備可以執行指令集合來控制該無線設備的功能元件，以執行在本文中描述的功能。另外地或替代地，無線設備可以使用專用硬體來執行在本文中描述的功能的各態樣。24 illustrates a flowchart of a method 2400 for supporting a packet-based link aggregation architecture according to aspects of the present disclosure. The operations of method 2400 may be implemented by a wireless device, or elements thereof, as described herein. For example, the operations of method 2400 may be performed by a communications manager as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17. In some examples, a wireless device can execute a set of instructions to control functional elements of the wireless device to perform the functions described herein. Additionally or alternatively, a wireless device may use specialized hardware to perform aspects of the functionality described herein.

在2405處，該無線設備可以在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間建立多鏈路通信期，該多鏈路通信期包括用於在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間的並行通訊的一組無線鏈路。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行2405的操作。在一些實例中，2405的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的多鏈路管理器來執行。At 2405, the wireless device may establish a multi-link communication period between the first wireless device and the second wireless device, the multi-link communication period including for parallel communication between the first wireless device and the second wireless device. A set of wireless links for communication. The operations of 2405 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2405 may be performed by a multi-link manager as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

在2410處，該無線設備可以在該組無線鏈路上，傳送在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間的並行通訊。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行2410的操作。在一些實例中，2410的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的多鏈路管理器來執行。At 2410, the wireless device may transmit parallel communications between the first wireless device and the second wireless device over the set of wireless links. The operations of 2410 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2410 may be performed by a multi-link manager as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

圖25根據本案內容的各態樣圖示說明支援基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的方法2500的流程圖。方法2500的操作可以由如在本文中描述的無線設備或者其元件來實現。例如，方法2500的操作可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的通訊管理器來執行。在一些實例中，無線設備可以執行指令集合來控制該無線設備的功能元件，以執行在本文中描述的功能。另外地或替代地，無線設備可以使用專用硬體來執行在本文中描述的功能的各態樣。25 illustrates a flowchart of a method 2500 for supporting a packet-based link aggregation architecture according to aspects of the present disclosure. The operations of method 2500 may be implemented by a wireless device, or elements thereof, as described herein. For example, the operations of method 2500 may be performed by a communications manager as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17. In some examples, a wireless device can execute a set of instructions to control functional elements of the wireless device to perform the functions described herein. Additionally or alternatively, a wireless device may use specialized hardware to perform aspects of the functionality described herein.

在2505處，該無線設備可以在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間建立多鏈路通信期，該多鏈路通信期包括用於在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間的並行通訊的一組無線鏈路。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行2505的操作。在一些實例中，2505的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的多鏈路管理器來執行。At 2505, the wireless device may establish a multi-link communication period between the first wireless device and the second wireless device, the multi-link communication period including for parallel communication between the first wireless device and the second wireless device. A set of wireless links for communication. The operations of 2505 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2505 may be performed by a multi-link manager as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

在2510處，該無線設備可以在該組無線鏈路上，傳送在第一無線設備與第二無線設備之間的並行通訊。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行2510的操作。在一些實例中，2510的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的多鏈路管理器來執行。At 2510, the wireless device may transmit parallel communications between the first wireless device and the second wireless device over the set of wireless links. The operations of 2510 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2510 may be performed by a multi-link manager as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

在2515處，該無線設備可以將要發送給第二無線設備的資料格式化為一組資料單元。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行2515的操作。在一些實例中，2515的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的多鏈路管理器來執行。At 2515, the wireless device may format the data to be sent to the second wireless device into a set of data units. The operations of 2515 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2515 may be performed by a multi-link manager as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

在2520處，該無線設備可以在該一組無線鏈路中的第一無線鏈路上，向第二無線設備發送該一組資料單元中的第一組資料單元。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行2520的操作。在一些實例中，2520的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的多鏈路管理器來執行。At 2520, the wireless device may send the first set of data units in the set of data units to the second wireless device on a first wireless link in the set of wireless links. The operations of 2520 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2520 may be performed by a multi-link manager as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

在2525處，該無線設備可以在該一組無線鏈路中的第二無線鏈路上，從第二無線設備接收該一組資料單元中的第二組資料單元。可以根據在本文中描述的方法來執行2525的操作。在一些實例中，2525的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖14至圖17描述的多鏈路管理器來執行。At 2525, the wireless device may receive a second set of data units in the set of data units from the second wireless device on a second wireless link in the set of wireless links. The operations of 2525 may be performed according to the methods described herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2525 may be performed by a multi-link manager as described with reference to FIGS. 14-17.

應當注意的是，在本文中描述的方法描述了可能的實現方式，以及可以對該等操作和步驟進行重新排列或者以其他方式進行修改，以及其他實現方式是可能的。此外，可以對來自該等方法中的兩個或更多個方法的各態樣進行組合。It should be noted that the methods described herein describe possible implementations, that such operations and steps may be rearranged or otherwise modified, and that other implementations are possible. Furthermore, aspects from two or more of these methods may be combined.

在本文中描述的技術可以用於各種無線通訊系統，諸如分碼多工存取（CDMA）、分時多工存取（TDMA）、分頻多工存取（FDMA）、正交分頻多工存取（OFDMA）、單載波分頻多工存取（SC-FDMA）和其他系統。通常，術語「系統」和「網路」是可互換地使用的。CDMA系統可以實現諸如CDMA2000、通用陸地無線電存取（UTRA）等等的無線電技術。CDMA2000覆蓋IS-2000、IS-95和IS-856標準。IS-2000版本通常稱為CDMA2000 1X、1X等等。IS-856（TIA-856）通常稱為CDMA2000 1xEV-DO、高速封包資料（HRPD）等等。UTRA包括寬頻CDMA（WCDMA）和其他CDMA的變體。TDMA系統可以實現諸如行動通訊全球系統（GSM）的無線電技術。OFDMA系統可以實現諸如超行動寬頻（UMB）、進化的UTRA（E-UTRA）、IEEE 802.11（Wi-Fi）、IEEE 802.16（WiMAX）、IEEE 802.20、Flash-OFDM等等的無線電技術。The techniques described in this article can be used in various wireless communication systems, such as code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), frequency division multiple access (FDMA), orthogonal frequency division multiple access OFDMA, single-carrier frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) and other systems. Often, the terms "system" and "network" are used interchangeably. A CDMA system may implement radio technologies such as CDMA2000, Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (UTRA), and so on. CDMA2000 covers IS-2000, IS-95 and IS-856 standards. IS-2000 versions are often called CDMA2000 1X, 1X, etc. IS-856 (TIA-856) is often called CDMA2000 1xEV-DO, High Speed Packet Data (HRPD), etc. UTRA includes Wideband CDMA (WCDMA) and other variants of CDMA. TDMA systems can implement radio technologies such as Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM). OFDMA systems can implement radio technologies such as Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB), Evolved UTRA (E-UTRA), IEEE 802.11 (Wi-Fi), IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX), IEEE 802.20, Flash-OFDM, etc.

在本文中描述的無線通訊系統或者各系統可以支援同步作業或非同步作業。對於同步作業而言，站可以具有類似的訊框時序，以及來自不同站的傳輸在時間上是近似地對準的。對於非同步作業而言，站可以具有不同的訊框時序，以及來自不同站的傳輸在時間上可以不是對準的。在本文中描述的技術可以用於同步作業或非同步作業。The wireless communication system or systems described herein may support synchronous operations or asynchronous operations. For synchronization operations, stations can have similar frame timing, and transmissions from different stations are approximately aligned in time. For asynchronous operation, stations may have different frame timings, and transmissions from different stations may not be aligned in time. The techniques described in this article can be used for synchronous or asynchronous jobs.

在本文中描述的下行鏈路傳輸亦可以稱為前向鏈路傳輸，而上行鏈路傳輸亦可以稱為反向鏈路傳輸。在本文中描述的各通訊鏈路（例如，包括圖1和圖2的WLAN 100和WLAN 200）可以包括一或多個載波，其中各載波可以是由多個次載波組成的信號（例如，不同頻率的波形信號）。The downlink transmission described in this article may also be called forward link transmission, and the uplink transmission may also be called reverse link transmission. Each communication link described herein (eg, including WLAN 100 and WLAN 200 of FIGS. 1 and 2 ) may include one or more carriers, where each carrier may be a signal composed of multiple subcarriers (eg, different frequency waveform signal).

在本文中結合附圖闡述的描述內容描述了示例配置，以及不表示可以實現的全部實例或在申請專利範圍的保護範圍之內的全部實例。如在本文中使用的術語「示例性的」意指「用作示例、實例或說明」，以及並意指「優選」或「比其他實例有優勢」。出於提供對所描述的技術的理解，具體實施方式包括特定細節。但是，可以在沒有特定細節的情況下實踐該等技術。在一些實例中，為了避免模糊所描述的實例的概念，公知的結構和設備是以方塊圖形式圖示的。The descriptions set forth herein in connection with the appended drawings describe example configurations and are not intended to represent all examples that may be implemented or that are within the scope of the claims. The term "exemplary" as used herein means "serving as an example, instance, or illustration" and also means "preferred" or "advantage over other examples." The detailed description includes specific details for the purpose of providing an understanding of the described technology. However, such techniques may be practiced without specific details. In some instances, well-known structures and devices are illustrated in block diagram form in order to avoid obscuring concepts of the described examples.

在附圖中，類似的元件或特徵具有相同的元件符號。此外，相同類型的各個元件可以經由在元件符號之後加上虛線和用於區分類似元件的第二標記來進行區分。若在說明書中僅使用了第一元件符號，則該描述可適用於具有相同的第一元件符號的類似元件中的任何一個元件，而不管其他後續元件符號。In the drawings, similar elements or features have the same reference symbols. Additionally, various elements of the same type may be distinguished by following the element symbol with a dashed line and a second label for distinguishing similar elements. If only a first reference number is used in the specification, the description may be applied to any one of the similar elements having the same first reference number, regardless of other subsequent reference numbers.

在本文中描述的資訊和信號可以使用各種各樣不同的技術和方法中的任何技術和方法來表示。例如，遍及上文的描述可能提及的資料、指令、命令、資訊、信號、位元、符號和碼片可以經由電壓、電流、電磁波、磁場或粒子、光場或粒子或者其任何組合來表示。The information and signals described herein may be represented using any of a variety of different techniques and methods. For example, data, instructions, commands, information, signals, bits, symbols, and chips that may be mentioned throughout the above description may be represented by voltages, currents, electromagnetic waves, magnetic fields or particles, light fields or particles, or any combination thereof. .

結合在本文中的揭示內容描述的各種說明性的方塊和模組可以利用被設計為執行在本文中描述的功能的通用處理器、DSP、ASIC、FPGA或其他可程式設計邏輯裝置、個別閘門或者電晶體邏輯、個別硬體元件或者其任何組合來實現或執行。通用處理器可以是微處理器，但是在替代方式中，該處理器可以是任何一般的處理器、控制器、微控制器或者狀態機。處理器亦可以實現為計算設備的組合（例如，DSP和微處理器的組合、多個微處理器、一或多個微處理器與DSP核心的結合，或者任何其他此種配置）。The various illustrative blocks and modules described in connection with the disclosure herein may utilize a general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic device, individual gate, or device designed to perform the functions described herein. implemented or executed using transistor logic, individual hardware components, or any combination thereof. A general purpose processor may be a microprocessor, but in the alternative the processor may be any general processor, controller, microcontroller or state machine. A processor may also be implemented as a combination of computing devices (eg, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, multiple microprocessors, one or more microprocessors combined with a DSP core, or any other such configuration).

在本文中描述的功能可以在硬體、由處理器執行的軟體、韌體或者其任何組合中實現。若在由處理器執行的軟體中實現，該等功能可以作為一或多個指令或代碼儲存在電腦可讀取媒體上，或者在電腦可讀取媒體上進行發送。其他實例和實現方式是在本案內容及其所附申請專利範圍的保護範圍之內的。例如，由於軟體的本質，在本文中描述的功能可以使用由處理器執行的軟體、硬體、韌體、硬佈線或者其任何組合來實現。用於實現功能的特徵可以實體地位於多個位置，包括被分佈以使功能的各部分在不同的實體位置實現。如在本文中（包括在申請專利範圍中）使用的，如在項目列表（例如，以諸如「中的至少一個」或「中的一或多個」的短語開始的項目列表）中使用的「或」指示包容性的列表，以使例如A、B或C中的至少一個的列表意指A或B或C或AB或AC或BC或ABC（亦即，A和B和C）。另外，如在本文中使用的，短語「基於」不應當被解釋為參考封閉的條件集合。例如，在不背離本案內容的保護範圍的情況下，描述為「基於條件A」的示例性步驟可以是基於條件A和條件B的。換言之，如在本文中使用的，短語「基於」應當以與短語「至少部分地基於」相同的方式來解釋。The functionality described herein may be implemented in hardware, software executed by a processor, firmware, or any combination thereof. If implemented in software executed by a processor, the functions may be stored on or transmitted over a computer-readable medium as one or more instructions or code. Other examples and implementations are within the protection scope of the contents of this case and its accompanying patent applications. For example, due to the nature of software, the functions described herein may be implemented using software executed by a processor, hardware, firmware, hardwiring, or any combination thereof. Features used to implement functionality may be physically located in multiple locations, including being distributed such that portions of the functionality are implemented in different physical locations. As used herein (including within the scope of the claim), as used in a list of items (e.g., a list of items beginning with a phrase such as "at least one of" or "one or more of") "Or" indicates an inclusive list, such that, for example, a list of at least one of A, B, or C means A or B or C or AB or AC or BC or ABC (ie, A and B and C). Additionally, as used herein, the phrase "based on" should not be construed as referring to a closed set of conditions. For example, an exemplary step described as "based on condition A" may be based on condition A and condition B without departing from the scope of the present case. In other words, as used herein, the phrase "based on" should be interpreted in the same manner as the phrase "based at least in part on."

電腦可讀取媒體包括非暫時性電腦儲存媒體和通訊媒體，其中通訊媒體包括促進電腦程式從一個地方傳送到另一個地方的任何媒體。非暫時性儲存媒體可以是由通用或專用電腦能夠存取的任何可用的媒體。舉例而言，但非做出限制，非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體可以包括RAM、ROM、電子可抹除可程式設計唯讀記憶體（EEPROM）、壓縮光碟（CD）ROM或其他光碟記憶體、磁碟記憶體或其他磁存放裝置，或者能夠用以以指令或資料結構的形式攜帶或儲存期望的程式碼單元並能夠由通用或專用電腦，或者通用或專用處理器進行存取的任何其他非暫時性媒體。另外，任何連接適當地稱為電腦可讀取媒體。例如，若軟體是使用同軸電纜、光纖光纜、雙絞線、數位用戶線路路（DSL）或者諸如紅外線、無線電和微波的無線技術來從網站、伺服器或其他遠端源發送的，則該同軸電纜、光纖光纜、雙絞線、DSL或者諸如紅外線、無線電和微波的無線技術是包括在該媒體的定義中的。如在本文中使用的，磁碟和光碟包括CD、鐳射光碟、光碟、數位多功能光碟（DVD）、軟碟和藍光光碟，其中磁碟通常磁性地複製資料，而光碟則利用鐳射來光學地複製資料。上述的組合亦應當是包括在電腦可讀取媒體的保護範圍之內的。Computer-readable media includes non-transitory computer storage media and communication media, including any medium that facilitates the transfer of a computer program from one place to another. Non-transitory storage media can be any available media that can be accessed by a general purpose or special purpose computer. By way of example, and without limitation, non-transitory computer-readable media may include RAM, ROM, Electronically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EEPROM), Compact Disc (CD) ROM, or other optical disk memory , disk memory or other magnetic storage device, or any other device capable of carrying or storing desired units of program code in the form of instructions or data structures and accessible by a general-purpose or special-purpose computer, or a general-purpose or special-purpose processor Non-transitory media. Also, any connection is properly termed a computer-readable medium. For example, if the software is sent from a website, server, or other remote source using coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwave, the coaxial Cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, DSL or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio and microwave are included in the definition of media. As used herein, disks and optical discs include CDs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs (DVDs), floppy disks, and Blu-ray discs, where disks typically copy data magnetically, while optical discs use lasers to optically copy data. Copy data. The above combinations should also be included in the protection scope of computer-readable media.

提供在本文中的描述以為使本領域技藝人士能夠做出或者使用本案內容。對於本領域技藝人士來說，對本案內容的各種修改將是顯而易見的，以及在不背離本案內容的保護範圍的情況下，在本文中定義的整體原理亦可以適用於其他變體。因此，本案內容並不限於在本文中描述的實例和設計，而是要符合與在本文中揭示的原理和新穎性特徵相一致的最廣範圍。The description herein is provided to enable a person skilled in the art to make or use the subject matter. Various modifications to the content of this application will be apparent to those skilled in the art, and the overall principles defined herein may be applied to other variations without departing from the scope of the content of this application. Thus, the disclosure is not intended to be limited to the examples and designs described herein but is to be accorded the widest scope consistent with the principles and novel features disclosed herein.

100:WLAN 105:AP 105-a:AP 105-b:AP 105-c:AP 105-d:AP 105-e:AP 105-f:AP 105-g:AP 110:覆蓋區域 115:STA 115-a:STA 115-b:STA 115-c:STA 120:通訊鏈路 125:直接無線鏈路 200:WLAN 205-a:鏈路 205-b:鏈路 210-a:並行通訊 210-b:並行通訊 300:流程 305-a:無線設備 305-b:無線設備 400:層配置 405:上層 410:MAC層 415:上MAC層 420:多鏈路聚合控制器 425-a:下MAC層 425-b:下MAC層 425-c:下MAC層 430-a:控制器 430-b:控制器 430-c:控制器 435-a:PHY層 435-b:PHY層 440:連接 445:連接 450:連接 455:無線設備 500:通訊方案 505:應用資料 510:上MAC 515-a:發送佇列 515-b:發送佇列 520-a:下發送（Tx）MAC 525-a:鏈路 525-b:鏈路 530-a:下接收（Rx）MAC 530-b:下接收（Rx）MAC 535:共用接收佇列 540:連接 545-a:發送無線設備 545-b:接收無線設備 600:通訊方案 605:應用資料 610:上MAC 620:共用發送佇列 630-a:下Tx MAC 630-b:下Tx MAC 635-a:鏈路 635-b:鏈路 640-a:下Rx MAC 640-b:下Rx MAC 650:共用接收佇列 655-a:發送無線設備 655-b:接收無線設備 700:通訊方案 705:應用資料 710:shim層 715-a:下Tx MAC 715-b:下Tx MAC 720-a:鏈路 720-b:鏈路 725-a:下Rx MAC 725-b:下Rx MAC 730:shim層 735-a:發送無線設備 735-b:接收無線設備 800:傳輸格式 805:子訊框標頭 810:目的地位址（DA）欄位 815:發送方位址（SA）欄位 820:共用SN欄位 825:長度欄位 830:有效載荷 900:網路配置 905-a:控制器 905-b:控制器 905-c:控制器 950:網路配置 1000:傳輸方案 1005:應用資料 1010:上MAC 1020:上層共用發送佇列 1030:下層共用發送佇列 1035-a:下Tx MAC 1035-b:下Tx MAC 1065-a:鏈路 1065-b:鏈路 1070:發送設備 1100:接收方案 1105-a:鏈路 1105-b:鏈路 1110-a:下Rx MAC 1110-b:下Rx MAC 1130:上Rx MAC 1135:共用接收佇列 1150:經解碼的(A)MSDU 1155:接收設備 1200:流程 1205-a:無線設備 1205-b:無線設備 1300:流程 1305-a:無線設備 1305-b:無線設備 1400:方塊圖 1405:無線設備 1410:接收器 1415:通訊管理器 1420:發射器 1500:方塊圖 1505:無線設備 1510:接收器 1515:通訊管理器 1520:發射器 1525:多鏈路管理器 1530:資料格式管理器 1535:第一鏈路控制器 1540:第二鏈路控制器 1545:重新排序管理器 1600:方塊圖 1615:通訊管理器 1620:多鏈路管理器 1625:資料格式管理器 1630:第一鏈路控制器 1635:第二鏈路控制器 1640:重新排序管理器 1645:資料分配管理器 1650:序號管理器 1655:資料聚合元件 1700:系統 1705:設備 1710:匯流排 1715:通訊管理器 1720:處理器 1725:記憶體 1730:軟體 1735:收發機 1740:天線 1745:I/O控制器 1800:方法 1805:操作 1810:操作 1815:操作 1820:操作 1900:方法 1905:操作 1910:操作 1915:操作 1920:操作 1925:操作 1930:操作 2000:方法 2005:操作 2010:操作 2015:操作 2020:操作 2025:操作 2100:方法 2105:操作 2110:操作 2115:操作 2120:操作 2200:方法 2205:操作 2210:操作 2215:操作 2220:操作 2225:操作 2230:操作 2300:方法 2305:操作 2310:操作 2315:操作 2320:操作 2325:操作 2330:操作 2400:方法 2405:操作 2410:操作 2500:方法 2505:操作 2510:操作 2515:操作 2520:操作 2525:操作100:WLAN 105:AP 105-a:AP 105-b:AP 105-c:AP 105-d:AP 105-e:AP 105-f:AP 105-g:AP 110: Coverage area 115:STA 115-a:STA 115-b:STA 115-c:STA 120: Communication link 125: Direct wireless link 200:WLAN 205-a:Link 205-b:Link 210-a: Parallel communications 210-b: Parallel communications 300:Process 305-a: Wireless equipment 305-b: Wireless equipment 400: Layer configuration 405: Upper level 410:MAC layer 415: Go to MAC layer 420:Multi-link aggregation controller 425-a: Lower MAC layer 425-b: Lower MAC layer 425-c: Lower MAC layer 430-a:Controller 430-b:Controller 430-c:Controller 435-a:PHY layer 435-b:PHY layer 440:Connect 445:Connect 450:Connect 455:Wireless equipment 500:Communication solution 505:Application information 510:Go to MAC 515-a: Send queue 515-b: Send queue 520-a: Send (Tx) MAC 525-a: link 525-b: link 530-a: Lower receive (Rx) MAC 530-b: Lower receive (Rx) MAC 535:Shared receive queue 540:Connect 545-a: Sending wireless device 545-b: Receiving wireless device 600:Communication plan 605:Application information 610:Go to MAC 620: Shared sending queue 630-a: Download Tx MAC 630-b: Download Tx MAC 635-a: Link 635-b:Link 640-a:Download Rx MAC 640-b:Download Rx MAC 650:Shared receive queue 655-a:Sending wireless device 655-b: Receiving wireless device 700:Communication plan 705:Application information 710:shim layer 715-a: Download Tx MAC 715-b: Download Tx MAC 720-a: Link 720-b: Link 725-a:Download Rx MAC 725-b:Download Rx MAC 730:shim layer 735-a:Sending wireless device 735-b: Receiving wireless device 800:Transmission format 805: Subframe header 810: Destination address (DA) field 815: Sender address (SA) field 820: Shared SN field 825:Length field 830: Payload 900:Network configuration 905-a:Controller 905-b:Controller 905-c:Controller 950:Network configuration 1000:Transmission plan 1005:Application information 1010:Go to MAC 1020: Upper layer shared sending queue 1030: Lower layer shared send queue 1035-a:Download Tx MAC 1035-b: Download Tx MAC 1065-a: link 1065-b: link 1070:Sending device 1100:Receive plan 1105-a: link 1105-b: link 1110-a:Download Rx MAC 1110-b:Download Rx MAC 1130: Go to Rx MAC 1135:Shared receive queue 1150: Decoded (A)MSDU 1155: Receiving device 1200:Process 1205-a: Wireless equipment 1205-b: Wireless equipment 1300:Process 1305-a: Wireless equipment 1305-b: Wireless equipment 1400:Block diagram 1405:Wireless devices 1410:Receiver 1415:Communication Manager 1420:Transmitter 1500:Block diagram 1505:Wireless devices 1510:Receiver 1515:Communication Manager 1520:Transmitter 1525:Multilink Manager 1530:Data format manager 1535: First link controller 1540: Second link controller 1545:Reorder manager 1600:Block diagram 1615:Communication Manager 1620:Multilink Manager 1625:Data format manager 1630: First link controller 1635: Second link controller 1640:Reorder manager 1645:Data distribution manager 1650: Serial number manager 1655:Data aggregation component 1700:System 1705:Equipment 1710:Bus 1715:Communication Manager 1720: Processor 1725:Memory 1730:Software 1735: transceiver 1740:antenna 1745:I/O controller 1800:Method 1805: Operation 1810:Operation 1815:Operation 1820:Operation 1900:Method 1905:Operation 1910:Operation 1915:Operation 1920:Operation 1925:Operation 1930:Operation 2000:Method 2005: Operation 2010:Operation 2015:Operation 2020:Operation 2025: Operation 2100:Method 2105:Operation 2110:Operation 2115:Operation 2120:Operation 2200:Method 2205:Operation 2210:Operation 2215:Operation 2220:Operation 2225:Operation 2230: Operation 2300:Method 2305:Operation 2310:Operation 2315:Operation 2320: Operation 2325:Operation 2330:Operation 2400:Method 2405:Operation 2410:Operation 2500:Method 2505:Operation 2510:Operation 2515:Operation 2520:Operation 2525:Operation

圖1根據本案內容的各態樣圖示支援基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的WLAN的實例。Figure 1 illustrates an example of a WLAN supporting a packet-based link aggregation architecture according to various aspects of the subject matter.

圖2根據本案內容的各態樣圖示支援基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的WLAN的實例。Figure 2 illustrates an example of a WLAN supporting a packet-based link aggregation architecture according to various aspects of the subject matter.

圖3根據本案內容的各態樣圖示支援基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的流程的實例。Figure 3 illustrates an example of a process for supporting a packet-based link aggregation architecture according to various aspects of the present application.

圖4根據本案內容的各態樣圖示支援基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的示例層配置。Figure 4 illustrates an example layer configuration that supports a packet-based link aggregation architecture according to aspects of the subject matter.

圖5至圖7根據本案內容的各態樣圖示支援基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的示例通訊方案。Figures 5 to 7 illustrate exemplary communication solutions that support packet-based link aggregation architecture according to various aspects of the content of this application.

圖8根據本案內容的各態樣圖示支援基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的示例傳輸格式。Figure 8 illustrates an example transmission format supporting a packet-based link aggregation architecture according to aspects of the subject matter.

圖9A和圖9B根據本案內容的各態樣圖示支援基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的網路配置的實例。9A and 9B illustrate examples of network configurations supporting a packet-based link aggregation architecture according to aspects of the subject matter.

圖10根據本案內容的各態樣圖示支援基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的傳輸方案的實例。FIG. 10 illustrates an example of a transmission solution supporting a packet-based link aggregation architecture according to various aspects of the present application.

圖11根據本案內容的各態樣圖示支援基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的接收方案的實例。FIG. 11 illustrates an example of a reception scheme supporting a packet-based link aggregation architecture according to various aspects of the subject matter.

圖12和圖13根據本案內容的各態樣圖示支援基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的示例流程。Figures 12 and 13 illustrate an example process of supporting a packet-based link aggregation architecture according to various aspects of the content of this application.

圖14至圖16根據本案內容的各態樣圖示支援基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的設備的方塊圖。14 to 16 illustrate block diagrams of devices supporting a packet-based link aggregation architecture according to aspects of the disclosure.

圖17根據本案內容的各態樣圖示包括支援基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的無線設備的系統的方塊圖。17 illustrates a block diagram of a system including a wireless device supporting a packet-based link aggregation architecture, in accordance with aspects of the disclosure.

圖18至圖25根據本案內容的各態樣圖示用於基於封包的鏈路聚合架構的方法。18 to 25 illustrate methods for packet-based link aggregation architecture according to various aspects of the present disclosure.

國內寄存資訊(請依寄存機構、日期、號碼順序註記) 無國外寄存資訊(請依寄存國家、機構、日期、號碼順序註記) 無Domestic storage information (please note in order of storage institution, date and number) without Overseas storage information (please note in order of storage country, institution, date, and number) without

105-a:存取點(AP) 105-a:Access Point (AP)

115-a:站(STA) 115-a: Station (STA)

200:無線區域網路(WLAN) 200: Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN)

205-a:鏈路 205-a:Link

205-b:鏈路 205-b:Link

210-a:並行通訊 210-a: Parallel communications

210-b:並行通訊 210-b: Parallel communications

Claims

一種用於無線通訊的裝置，包括：一處理器；與該處理器電子通訊的記憶體；及在該記憶體中儲存的指令，以及該等指令可由該處理器執行為使得該裝置進行以下操作：在一第一無線設備與一第二無線設備之間建立一多鏈路通信期，該多鏈路通信期包括用於在該第一無線設備與該第二無線設備之間的並行通訊的複數個無線鏈路，其中該複數個無線鏈路支援在該第一無線設備的一第一媒體存取控制(MAC)實體與該第二無線設備的一第二MAC實體之間的通訊，其中該複數個無線鏈路中的每一無線鏈路是由包含一發射器位址和一接收器位址的一唯一的位址識別；將與複數個訊務流相關聯的資料封包分配至一共用發送佇列，其中MAC服務資料單元被分配至來自該共用發送佇列的該複數個無線鏈路；及在該複數個無線鏈路上，傳送在該第一無線設備與該第二無線設備之間的並行通訊，包括在一段時間期間在該複數個無線鏈路中的一第一無線鏈路上向該第二無線設備進行發送，以及在該一段時間期間在該複數個無線鏈路中的一第二無線鏈路上從該第二無線設備進行接收。 A device for wireless communication, including: a processor; a memory in electronic communication with the processor; and instructions stored in the memory, and the instructions can be executed by the processor to cause the device to perform the following operations : Establishing a multi-link communication period between a first wireless device and a second wireless device, the multi-link communication period including for parallel communication between the first wireless device and the second wireless device a plurality of wireless links, wherein the plurality of wireless links support communication between a first media access control (MAC) entity of the first wireless device and a second MAC entity of the second wireless device, wherein Each of the plurality of wireless links is identified by a unique address including a transmitter address and a receiver address; data packets associated with a plurality of traffic flows are assigned to a A common transmit queue, wherein MAC service data units are allocated to the plurality of wireless links from the common transmit queue; and on the plurality of wireless links, transmitted between the first wireless device and the second wireless device Parallel communication between the devices includes transmitting to the second wireless device on a first wireless link among the plurality of wireless links during a period of time, and transmitting to the second wireless device on a first wireless link among the plurality of wireless links during the period of time. Receiving from the second wireless device on a second wireless link.

如請求項1所述之裝置，其中該等指令亦可由該處理器執行為使得該裝置進行以下操作：將要發送給該第二無線設備的資料格式化為複數個資料單元；在該第一無線鏈路上，向該第二無線設備發送該複數個資料單元中的一第一組資料單元；及在該複數個無線鏈路中的一第三無線鏈路上，向該第二無線設備發送該複數個資料單元中的一第二組資料單元。 A device as claimed in claim 1, wherein the instructions may also The processor is executed to cause the device to perform the following operations: format the data to be sent to the second wireless device into a plurality of data units; and send the plurality of data to the second wireless device on the first wireless link. a first group of data units in the unit; and sending a second group of data units in the plurality of data units to the second wireless device on a third wireless link in the plurality of wireless links.

如請求項2所述之裝置，其中該等指令亦可由該處理器執行為使得該裝置進行以下操作：在該複數個無線鏈路中的該第二無線鏈路上，從該第二無線設備接收複數個資料單元。 The device of claim 2, wherein the instructions can also be executed by the processor to cause the device to perform the following operations: on the second wireless link among the plurality of wireless links, receive from the second wireless device Multiple data units.

如請求項2所述之裝置，其中該等指令亦可由該處理器執行為使得該裝置進行以下操作：將該第一組資料單元分配給用於該第一無線鏈路的一第一發送佇列；及將該第二組資料單元分配給用於該第三無線鏈路的一第二發送佇列。 The device of claim 2, wherein the instructions can also be executed by the processor to cause the device to perform the following operations: allocate the first set of data units to a first sending queue for the first wireless link. queue; and allocating the second group of data units to a second transmission queue for the third wireless link.

如請求項2所述之裝置，其中該等指令亦可由該處理器執行為使得該裝置進行以下操作：將該複數個資料單元分配給用於該第一無線鏈路和該第三無線鏈路的一共用發送佇列。 The device of claim 2, wherein the instructions can also be executed by the processor to cause the device to perform the following operations: allocate the plurality of data units to the first wireless link and the third wireless link. A shared sending queue for .

請求項1所述之裝置，其中：該第二無線鏈路包括比該第一無線鏈路更窄的一頻寬。 The device of claim 1, wherein: the second wireless link includes a frequency narrower than that of the first wireless link. wide.

如請求項6所述之裝置，其中在該第二無線鏈路上從該第二無線設備所接收的訊息包括：回應於在該第一無線鏈路上發送給該第二無線設備的一第一組資料單元的回饋。 The apparatus of claim 6, wherein the message received from the second wireless device on the second wireless link includes: responding to a first group of messages sent to the second wireless device on the first wireless link. Data unit feedback.

如請求項1所述之裝置，其中該複數個無線鏈路在時間上是同步的。 The device of claim 1, wherein the plurality of wireless links are synchronized in time.

如請求項1所述之裝置，其中一第一射頻頻譜頻帶對該複數個無線鏈路進行打孔，該第一射頻頻譜頻帶與對應於該多鏈路通信期的該複數個無線鏈路的複數個射頻頻譜頻帶中的各射頻頻譜頻帶不同。 The device of claim 1, wherein a first radio frequency spectrum band punctures the plurality of wireless links, and the first radio frequency spectrum band is consistent with the plurality of wireless links corresponding to the multi-link communication period. Each of the plurality of radio frequency spectrum bands is different.

如請求項1所述之裝置，其中用於傳送的該等指令亦可由該處理器執行為使得該裝置進行以下操作：在該複數個無線鏈路中的該第一無線鏈路和該第二無線鏈路上與該第二無線設備通訊；及在該複數個無線鏈路中的一第三無線鏈路上與一第三無線設備進行通訊。 The device of claim 1, wherein the instructions for transmitting can also be executed by the processor to cause the device to perform the following operations: the first wireless link and the second wireless link in the plurality of wireless links. communicating with the second wireless device on the wireless link; and communicating with a third wireless device on a third wireless link among the plurality of wireless links.

如請求項1所述之裝置，其中該等指令亦可由該處理器執行為使得該裝置進行以下操作：在該複數個無線鏈路中的該第二無線鏈路上，從該第二無線設備接收一第一組資料單元；在該複數個無線鏈路中的一第三無線鏈路上，從該第二無線設備接收一第二組資料單元；及對該第一組資料單元和該第二組資料單元進行重新排序，以產生用於該第二無線設備的一單個資料訊息。 The device of claim 1, wherein the instructions can also be executed by the processor to cause the device to perform the following operations: on the second wireless link among the plurality of wireless links, receive from the second wireless device a first set of data units; receiving a second set of data units from the second wireless device on a third wireless link of the plurality of wireless links; and The first set of data units and the second set of data units are reordered to produce a single data message for the second wireless device.

如請求項11所述之裝置，其中該等指令亦可由該處理器執行為使得該裝置進行以下操作：將該第一組資料單元聚合到用於該第二無線鏈路的一第一接收佇列中；及將該第二組資料單元聚合到用於該第三無線鏈路的一第二接收佇列中。 The device of claim 11, wherein the instructions can also be executed by the processor to cause the device to perform the following operations: aggregate the first set of data units into a first receiving queue for the second wireless link. queue; and aggregating the second group of data units into a second receive queue for the third wireless link.

一種用於在一第一無線設備處的無線通訊的方法，包括以下步驟：在該第一無線設備與一第二無線設備之間建立一多鏈路通信期，該多鏈路通信期包括用於在該第一無線設備與該第二無線設備之間的並行通訊的複數個無線鏈路，其中該複數個無線鏈路支援在該第一無線設備的一第一媒體存取控制(MAC)實體與該第二無線設備的一第二MAC實體之間的通訊，其中該複數個無線鏈路中的每一無線鏈路是由包含一發射器位址和一接收器位址的一唯一的位址識別；將與複數個訊務流相關聯的資料封包分配至一共用發送佇列，其中MAC服務資料單元被分配至來自該共用發送佇列的該複數個無線鏈路；及在該複數個無線鏈路上，傳送在該第一無線設備與該第二無線設備之間的並行通訊，包括在一段時間期間在該複數個無線鏈路中的一第一無線鏈路上向該第二無線設備進行發送，以及在該一段時間期間在該複數個無線鏈路中的一第二無線鏈路上從該第二無線設備進行接收。 A method for wireless communication at a first wireless device includes the following steps: establishing a multi-link communication period between the first wireless device and a second wireless device, the multi-link communication period includes using A plurality of wireless links for parallel communication between the first wireless device and the second wireless device, wherein the plurality of wireless links support a first media access control (MAC) at the first wireless device Communication between an entity and a second MAC entity of the second wireless device, wherein each of the plurality of wireless links is configured by a unique transmitter address and a receiver address. address identification; allocating data packets associated with a plurality of traffic flows to a common transmit queue, wherein MAC service data units are allocated to the plurality of wireless links from the common transmit queue; and in the plurality of transmitting parallel communications between the first wireless device and the second wireless device over a plurality of wireless links, including communicating to the second wireless device on a first wireless link among the plurality of wireless links during a period of time The device transmits and receives from the second wireless device on a second wireless link of the plurality of wireless links during the period of time.

如請求項13所述之方法，亦包括以下步驟：將要發送給該第二無線設備的資料格式化為複數個資料單元；在該第一無線鏈路上，向該第二無線設備發送該複數個資料單元中的一第一組資料單元；及在該複數個無線鏈路中的一第三無線鏈路上，向該第二無線設備發送該複數個資料單元中的一第二組資料單元。 The method described in claim 13 also includes the following steps: formatting data to be sent to the second wireless device into a plurality of data units; and sending the plurality of data units to the second wireless device on the first wireless link. a first group of data units among the data units; and sending a second group of data units among the plurality of data units to the second wireless device on a third wireless link among the plurality of wireless links.

如請求項14所述之方法，亦包括以下步驟：在該複數個無線鏈路中的該第二無線鏈路上，從該第二無線設備接收複數個資料單元。 The method of claim 14 also includes the following step: receiving a plurality of data units from the second wireless device on the second wireless link among the plurality of wireless links.

如請求項14所述之方法，亦包括以下步驟：將該第一組資料單元分配給用於該第一無線鏈路的一第一發送佇列；及將該第二組資料單元分配給用於該第三無線鏈路的一第二發送佇列。 The method of claim 14, further comprising the steps of: allocating the first set of data units to a first transmit queue for the first wireless link; and allocating the second set of data units to the user A second transmit queue on the third wireless link.

如請求項14所述之方法，亦包括以下步驟：將該複數個資料單元分配給用於該第一無線鏈路和該第三無線鏈路的一共用發送佇列。 The method of claim 14, further comprising the step of allocating the plurality of data units to a common transmit queue for the first wireless link and the third wireless link.

如請求項13所述之方法，其中：該第二無線鏈路包括比該第一無線鏈路更窄的一頻寬。 The method of claim 13, wherein: the second wireless link includes a frequency narrower than that of the first wireless link. wide.

如請求項18所述之方法，其中在該第二無線鏈路上從該第二無線設備所接收的訊息包括以下步驟：回應於在該第一無線鏈路上發送給該第二無線設備的一第一組資料單元的回饋。 The method of claim 18, wherein the message received from the second wireless device on the second wireless link includes the steps of: responding to a first message sent to the second wireless device on the first wireless link. Feedback for a set of data units.

如請求項13所述之方法，其中該複數個無線鏈路在時間上是同步的。 The method of claim 13, wherein the plurality of wireless links are synchronized in time.

如請求項13所述之方法，其中一第一射頻頻譜頻帶對該複數個無線鏈路進行打孔，該第一射頻頻譜頻帶與對應於該多鏈路通信期的該複數個無線鏈路的複數個射頻頻譜頻帶中的各射頻頻譜頻帶不同。 The method of claim 13, wherein a first radio frequency spectrum band punctures the plurality of wireless links, and the first radio frequency spectrum band is consistent with the plurality of wireless links corresponding to the multi-link communication period. Each of the plurality of radio frequency spectrum bands is different.

如請求項13所述之方法，其中傳送亦包括以下步驟：在該複數個無線鏈路中的該第一無線鏈路和該第二無線鏈路上與該第二無線設備通訊；及在該複數個無線鏈路中的一第三無線鏈路上與一第三無線設備進行通訊。 The method of claim 13, wherein transmitting also includes the steps of: communicating with the second wireless device on the first wireless link and the second wireless link in the plurality of wireless links; and Communicating with a third wireless device on a third wireless link among the wireless links.

如請求項13所述之方法，亦包括以下步驟：在該複數個無線鏈路中的該第二無線鏈路上，從該第二無線設備接收一第一組資料單元；在該複數個無線鏈路中的一第三無線鏈路上，從該第二無線設備接收一第二組資料單元；及對該第一組資料單元和該第二組資料單元進行重新排序，以產生用於該第二無線設備的一單個資料訊息。 The method of claim 13 also includes the following steps: receiving a first group of data units from the second wireless device on the second wireless link among the plurality of wireless links; Receive a second set of data units from the second wireless device on a third wireless link on the road; and reorder the first set of data units and the second set of data units to generate a second set of data units for the second set of data units. A single data message from a wireless device.

如請求項23所述之方法，亦包括以下步驟：將該第一組資料單元聚合到用於該第二無線鏈路的一第一接收佇列中；及將該第二組資料單元聚合到用於該第三無線鏈路的一第二接收佇列中。 The method of claim 23, further comprising the steps of: aggregating the first group of data units into a first receive queue for the second wireless link; and aggregating the second group of data units into In a second receive queue for the third wireless link.

一種用於無線通訊的裝置，包括：用於在一第一無線設備與一第二無線設備之間建立一多鏈路通信期的構件，該多鏈路通信期包括用於在該第一無線設備與該第二無線設備之間的並行通訊的複數個無線鏈路，其中該複數個無線鏈路支援在該第一無線設備的一第一媒體存取控制(MAC)實體與該第二無線設備的一第二MAC實體之間的通訊，且其中該複數個無線鏈路中的每一無線鏈路是由包含一發射器位址和一接收器位址的一唯一的位址識別；用於將與複數個訊務流相關聯的資料封包分配至一共用發送佇列的構件，其中MAC服務資料單元被分配至來自該共用發送佇列的該複數個無線鏈路；及用於在該複數個無線鏈路上，傳送在該第一無線設備與該第二無線設備之間的並行通訊的構件，包括在一段時間期間在該複數個無線鏈路中的一第一無線鏈路上向該第二無線設備進行發送，以及在該一段時間期間在該複數個無線鏈路中的一第二無線鏈路上從該第二無線設備進行接收。 An apparatus for wireless communication includes: a component for establishing a multi-link communication period between a first wireless device and a second wireless device, the multi-link communication period includes a component for establishing a multi-link communication period between the first wireless device and a second wireless device. A plurality of wireless links for parallel communication between the device and the second wireless device, wherein the plurality of wireless links support a first media access control (MAC) entity on the first wireless device and the second wireless device Communication between a second MAC entity of the device, and wherein each of the plurality of wireless links is identified by a unique address including a transmitter address and a receiver address; using means for allocating data packets associated with a plurality of traffic flows to a common transmit queue, wherein MAC service data units are allocated to the plurality of wireless links from the common transmit queue; and for in the means for transmitting parallel communications between the first wireless device and the second wireless device over a plurality of wireless links, including communicating to the third wireless device over a first wireless link of the plurality of wireless links during a period of time Two wireless devices transmit and receive from the second wireless device on a second wireless link of the plurality of wireless links during the period of time.

如請求項25所述之裝置，亦包括：用於將要發送給該第二無線設備的資料格式化為複數個資料單元的構件；用於在該第一無線鏈路上，向該第二無線設備發送該複數個資料單元中的一第一組資料單元的構件；及用於在該複數個無線鏈路中的一第三無線鏈路上，向該第二無線設備發送該複數個資料單元中的一第二組資料單元的構件。 Devices as described in claim 25 also include: means for formatting data to be sent to the second wireless device into a plurality of data units; and for sending a first group of the plurality of data units to the second wireless device on the first wireless link Means for data units; and means for sending a second set of the plurality of data units to the second wireless device on a third wireless link of the plurality of wireless links.

如請求項26所述之裝置，亦包括：用於在該複數個無線鏈路中的一第二無線鏈路上，從該第二無線設備接收複數個資料單元的構件。 The apparatus of claim 26, further comprising: means for receiving a plurality of data units from the second wireless device on a second wireless link of the plurality of wireless links.

如請求項26所述之裝置，亦包括：用於將該第一組資料單元分配給用於該第一無線鏈路的一第一發送佇列的構件；及用於將該第二組資料單元分配給用於該第三無線鏈路的一第二發送佇列的構件。 The apparatus of claim 26, further comprising: means for allocating the first set of data units to a first transmit queue for the first wireless link; and means for allocating the second set of data units to a first transmit queue for the first wireless link; Units are assigned to components of a second transmit queue for the third wireless link.

如請求項26所述之裝置，亦包括：用於將該複數個資料單元分配給用於該第一無線鏈路和該第三無線鏈路的一共用發送佇列的構件。 The apparatus of claim 26, further comprising: means for allocating the plurality of data units to a common transmit queue for the first wireless link and the third wireless link.

一種儲存用於無線通訊的代碼的非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體，該代碼包括可由一處理器執行為進行以下操作的指令：在一第一無線設備與一第二無線設備之間建立一多鏈路通信期，該多鏈路通信期包括用於在該第一無線設備與該第二無線設備之間的並行通訊的複數個無線鏈路，其中該複數個無線鏈路支援在該第一無線設備的一第一媒體存取控制(MAC)實體與該第二無線設備的一第二MAC實體之間的通訊，且其中該複數個無線鏈路中的每一無線鏈路是由包含一發射器位址和一接收器位址的一唯一的位址識別；將與複數個訊務流相關聯的資料封包分配至一共用發送佇列，其中MAC服務資料單元被分配至來自該共用發送佇列的該複數個無線鏈路；及在該複數個無線鏈路上，傳送在該第一無線設備與該第二無線設備之間的並行通訊，包括在一段時間期間在該複數個無線鏈路中的一第一無線鏈路上向該第二無線設備進行發送，以及在該一段時間期間在該複數個無線鏈路中的一第二無線鏈路上從該第二無線設備進行接收。 A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communications, the code including instructions executable by a processor to: establish a multi-channel network between a first wireless device and a second wireless device. A link communication period, the multi-link communication period includes a plurality of wireless devices for parallel communication between the first wireless device and the second wireless device. links, wherein the plurality of wireless links support communication between a first media access control (MAC) entity of the first wireless device and a second MAC entity of the second wireless device, and wherein the plurality of Each of the wireless links is identified by a unique address including a transmitter address and a receiver address; data packets associated with a plurality of traffic flows are assigned to a common transmitter Queuing, wherein MAC service data units are allocated to the plurality of wireless links from the common transmission queue; and on the plurality of wireless links, transmitting between the first wireless device and the second wireless device Parallel communication includes transmitting to the second wireless device on a first wireless link of the plurality of wireless links during a period of time, and transmitting to a second wireless device of the plurality of wireless links during the period of time. Receiving from the second wireless device on the wireless link.